WO2006122788A1 - DERIVATIVES OF 4-(2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL)PHENOL AS AGONISTS OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR - Google Patents

DERIVATIVES OF 4-(2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL)PHENOL AS AGONISTS OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006122788A1
WO2006122788A1 PCT/EP2006/004680 EP2006004680W WO2006122788A1 WO 2006122788 A1 WO2006122788 A1 WO 2006122788A1 EP 2006004680 W EP2006004680 W EP 2006004680W WO 2006122788 A1 WO2006122788 A1 WO 2006122788A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
formula
amino
difluoro
hexyl
ethyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/EP2006/004680
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Carlos Puig Duran
Maria Isabel Crespo Crespo
Julio Cesar Castro Palomino Laria
Silvia Gual Roig
Eloisa Navarro Romero
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Almirall SA
Original Assignee
Almirall Prodesfarma SA
Laboratorios Almirall SA
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=35414719&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2006122788(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to DK06742964.7T priority Critical patent/DK1885684T3/en
Priority to MEP-2011-169A priority patent/ME01296B/en
Priority to JP2008511628A priority patent/JP4966297B2/en
Priority to AU2006249146A priority patent/AU2006249146B2/en
Priority to NZ562879A priority patent/NZ562879A/en
Priority to PL06742964T priority patent/PL1885684T3/en
Priority to AT06742964T priority patent/ATE516262T1/en
Priority to CA2608493A priority patent/CA2608493C/en
Priority to MX2007014144A priority patent/MX2007014144A/en
Priority to HK08101849.3A priority patent/HK1107976B/en
Priority to US11/920,561 priority patent/US7964615B2/en
Application filed by Almirall Prodesfarma SA, Laboratorios Almirall SA filed Critical Almirall Prodesfarma SA
Priority to SI200631141T priority patent/SI1885684T1/en
Priority to UAA200713927A priority patent/UA91364C2/en
Priority to CN2006800248000A priority patent/CN101218203B/en
Priority to KR1020077027000A priority patent/KR101363185B1/en
Priority to EP06742964A priority patent/EP1885684B9/en
Priority to HR20110670T priority patent/HRP20110670T1/en
Priority to BRPI0612926A priority patent/BRPI0612926B8/en
Publication of WO2006122788A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006122788A1/en
Priority to IL187098A priority patent/IL187098A/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to NO20076498A priority patent/NO339984B1/en
Priority to US13/094,163 priority patent/US8420669B2/en
Priority to US13/094,156 priority patent/US8242177B2/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/02—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/04—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C217/06—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted
    • C07C217/08—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted the oxygen atom of the etherified hydroxy group being further bound to an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C217/10—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is not further substituted the oxygen atom of the etherified hydroxy group being further bound to an acyclic carbon atom to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/66—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/72—Two oxygen atoms, e.g. hydantoin
    • C07D233/74—Two oxygen atoms, e.g. hydantoin with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to other ring members
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13—Amines
    • A61K31/135—Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/415—1,2-Diazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/06—Antiabortive agents; Labour repressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C215/00—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C215/02—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C215/22—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being unsaturated
    • C07C215/28—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being unsaturated and containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C215/30—Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being unsaturated and containing six-membered aromatic rings containing hydroxy groups and carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings bound to the same carbon atom of the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/02—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/04—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C217/26—Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having only one etherified hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, which is further substituted by halogen atoms or by nitro or nitroso groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C233/34—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by amino groups
    • C07C233/42—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by amino groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C233/43—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by amino groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to a hydrogen atom or to a carbon atom of a saturated carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/28—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C275/32—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/24—Oxygen atoms attached in position 8
    • C07D215/26—Alcohols; Ethers thereof

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed to novel ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor agonists.
  • the invention is also directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, methods of using such compounds to treat diseases associated with ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor activity, and processes and intermediates useful for preparing such compounds.
  • ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor agonists are recognized as effective drugs for the treatment of pulmonary diseases such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (including chronic bronchitis and emphysema). ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor agonists are also useful for treating pre-term labor, glaucoma and are potentially useful for treating neurological disorders and cardiac disorders.
  • ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor agonists possess less than desirable potency, selectivity, onset, and/or duration of action.
  • Preferred agents may possess, among other properties, improved potency, selectivity, onset, improved safety margins, improved therapeutic window and/or duration of action.
  • the invention provides novel compounds that possess ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor agonist activity. Accordingly, there is provided a compound of the invention which is a compound of formula (I):
  • R 1 is a group selected from -CH 2 OH 1 -NHC(O)H and
  • R 2 is a hydrogen atom
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen and halogen atoms or groups selected from -SO-R 5 , -SO 2 -
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms and d. 4 alkyl groups
  • R 5 is a C 1-4 alkyl group or C 3-8 cycloalkyl group
  • R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C ⁇ alkyl groups
  • n, p and q are independently O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier.
  • the invention further provides combinations comprising a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic agents and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such combinations.
  • the invention also provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor activity (e.g. a pulmonary disease, such as asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pre-term labor, glaucoma, a neurological disorder, a cardiac disorder, or inflammation) in a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.
  • the invention further provides a method of treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a combination of a compound of the invention together with one or more other therapeutic agents.
  • the invention also provides synthetic processes and intermediates described herein, which are useful for preparing compounds of the invention.
  • the invention also provides a compound of the invention as described herein for use in medical therapy, as well as the use of a compound of the invention in the manufacture of a formulation or medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor activity (e.g. a pulmonary disease, such as asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pre-term labor, glaucoma, a neurological disorder, a cardiac disorder, or inflammation) in a mammal.
  • a disease or condition associated with ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor activity e.g. a pulmonary disease, such as asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pre-term labor, glaucoma, a neurological disorder, a cardiac disorder, or inflammation
  • terapéuticaally effective amount refers to an amount sufficient to effect treatment when administered to a patient in need of treatment.
  • treatment refers to the treatment of a disease or medical condition in a human patient which includes:
  • disease or condition associated with ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor activity includes all disease states and/or conditions that are acknowledged now, or that are found in the future, to be associated with ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor activity.
  • disease states include, but are not limited to, pulmonary diseases, such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (including chronic bronchitis and emphysema), as well as neurological disorders and cardiac disorders.
  • pulmonary diseases such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (including chronic bronchitis and emphysema)
  • ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor activity is also known to be associated with pre-term labor (see International Patent Application Publication Number WO 98/09632), glaucoma and some types of inflammation (see International Patent Application Publication Number WO 99/30703 and Patent Application Publication Number EP 1 078 629).
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable salt refers to a salt prepared from a base or acid which is acceptable for administration to a patient, such as a mammal.
  • Such salts can be derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable inorganic or organic bases and from pharmaceutically-acceptable inorganic or organic acids.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphosulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic, xinafoic (1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid) and the like.
  • Salts derived from fumaric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, acetic, sulfuric, methanesulfonic, xinafoic, and tartaric acids are particularly preferred.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceuticaily-acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like.
  • Particularly preferred are ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceuticaily-acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, including substituted amines, cyclic amines, naturally- occurring amines and the like, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N 1 N'- dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
  • solvate refers to a complex or aggregate formed by one or more molecules of a solute, i.e. a compound of the invention or a pharmaceuticaily-acceptable salt thereof, and one or more molecules of a solvent.
  • solvates are typically crystalline solids having a substantially fixed molar ratio of solute and solvent.
  • Representative solvents include by way of example, water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, acetic acid, and the like. When the solvent is water, the solvate formed is a hydrate.
  • a pharmaceuticaily-acceptable salt or solvate of stereoisomer thereof is intended to include all permutations of salts, solvates and stereoisomers, such as a solvate of a pharmaceuticaily-acceptable salt of a stereoisomer of a compound of formula (I).
  • amino-protecting group refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing undesired reactions at an amino nitrogen.
  • Representative amino-protecting groups include, but are not limited to, formyl; acyl groups, for example alkanoyl groups, such as acetyl; alkoxycarbonyl groups, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc); arylmethoxycarbonyl groups, such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc); arylmethyl groups, such as benzyl (Bn), trityl (Tr), and 1 ,1-di-(4'-methoxyphenyl)methyl; silyl groups, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS); and the like.
  • hydroxy-protecting group refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing undesired reactions at a hydroxy group.
  • Representative hydroxy-protecting groups include, but are not limited to, alkyl groups, such as methyl, ethyl, and tert-butyl; acyl groups, for example alkanoyl groups, such as acetyl; arylmethyl groups, such as benzyl (Bn) 1 p-methoxybenzyl (PMB), 9-fluorenylmethyl (Fm), and diphenylmethyl (benzhydryl, DPM); silyl groups, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS); and the like.
  • alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, and tert-butyl
  • acyl groups for example alkanoyl groups, such as acetyl
  • arylmethyl groups such as benzyl (Bn) 1
  • the compounds of the invention contain at least a chiral center. Accordingly, the invention includes racemic mixtures, enantiomers, and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer.
  • the scope of the invention as described and claimed encompasses the racemic forms of the compounds as well as the individual enantiomers, diastereomers, and stereoisomer-enriched mixtures.
  • the compounds of the present invention have at least one of m and r with a value of 1.
  • the compounds of the present invention have the sum m+r with a value of 1.
  • the compounds of the present invention have the sum n+m+p+q+r+s with a value of 8, 9 or 10.
  • the compounds of the present invention have the sum q+r+s with a value of 2, 3 or 4.
  • the compounds of the present invention have s with a value of 0 or 1.
  • the compounds of the present invention have the sum n+p with a value of 4, 5 or 6. In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have the sum q+s with a value of 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
  • the compounds of the present invention have R 3 selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an halogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the compounds of the present invention have R 3 selected from the group consisting of chlorine or fluorine atom.
  • the compounds of the present invention have R 3 being a methyl group.
  • the compounds of the present invention have R 4 being a hydrogen atom.
  • the compounds of the present invention have R 4 being a chlorine atom.
  • the compounds of the present invention have m and s with a value of O 1 r and q with a value of 1 , the sum of n and p with a value of 6 and R 5 and R 6 being both hydrogen atoms
  • the invention comprises also pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as hereinabove defined and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a therapeutically effective amount of one or more other therapeutic agents. It is also an embodiment of the present invention that the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration by inhalation.
  • the compounds of the present invention as hereinabove defined may also be combined with one or more other therapeutic agents, in particular one or more drugs selected from the group consisting of corticosteroids, an anticholinergic agents and PDE4 inhibitors.
  • the combination comprises a compound of formula (I) as hereinabove defined and a drug selected from the group consisting of fluticasone propionate, 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-17 ⁇ -[-(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-11 ⁇ - hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, and 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-11 ⁇ -hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-17.alph a.-propionyloxy-androsta-1 ,4- diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-3S-yl) ester.
  • a drug selected from the group consisting of fluticasone propionate, 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-17 ⁇ -[-(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-11 ⁇ - hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-a
  • the invention is also directed to a method of treating a disease or condition in a mammal associated with ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor activity, the method comprising administering to the mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a ⁇ 2 adrenergic receptor agonist according to the present invention. It is of particular relevance the method applied to the treatment of a disease or condition which is a pulmonary disease, preferably asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
  • the method of treating a disease can also be applied within the scope of the present invention to the treatment of a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of pre-term labor, glaucoma, neurological disorders, cardiac disorders, and inflammation.
  • the compounds of the invention can be prepared using the methods and procedures described herein, or using similar methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures. Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. The choice of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional group, as well as suitable conditions for protection and deprotection, are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups, and their introduction and removal, are described in T. W. Greene and G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Third Edition, Wiley, New York, 1999, and references cited therein.
  • P 1 is a conventional hydroxy protecting group such as benzyl group; with a compound of formula (III):
  • R 5 is a C 1-4 alkyl and C 3-6 cycloalkyl and R 4 is selected from hydrogen atom, halogen atoms and Ci -4 alkyl groups.
  • R represents a group of formula:
  • phenylglyoxals of formula (Ha) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (II) wherein G 3 is a -CO-CHO group) can react with a compound of formula (MIf) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group - CH 2 NH 2 ) to give, in a reductive alkylation step, intermediates of formula (Xl).
  • This step can be achieved in a variety of solvents, like tetrahydrofuran, alcohols as methanol, ethanol or isopropyl alcohol, as well as a mixture of solvents such as methanol/tetrahydrofuran or dimethylsulfoxide/methanol, the temperature range being between 5° and 100° C; more specifically between 15° and 70° C.
  • the reducing agent may be a hydride like sodium borohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride as well as hydrogen plus a hydrogenation catalyst like palladium on charcoal.
  • the resulting oxazolidinones of formula (Hf) can react with an alkylating agent of formula (llld) or (1Mb) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 Br or a group -CH 2 OMs (Ms standing for a mesylate group)) in the presence of a base like sodium hydride to give intermediates of formula (XII).
  • the phenacyl bromides of formula (lib) (wherein G 3 is a -CO-CH 2 -Br group) can react with protected amines of formula (IHe) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -NH-P 2 being P 2 a conventional amine protecting group such as a benzyl group), to give ketoamines of formula (VIII).
  • This process can be carried out in many solvents like tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane in the presence of an acid scavenger like a tertiary amine as triethylamine, and at temperatures between 5 and 60° C.
  • the compounds of formula (VIII) can then be reduced to yield the aminoalcohols of formula (IX).
  • This step can be achieved in a variety of solvents, like tetrahydrofuran, alcohols as methanol, ethanol or isopropyl alcohol, as well as a mixture of solvents such as methanol/tetrahydrofuran or dimethylsulfoxide/methanol, the temperature range being between 5° and 100° C; more specifically between 15° and 70° C.
  • the reducing agent may be a hydride like sodium borohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride as well as hydrogen plus a hydrogenation catalyst like palladium on charcoal.
  • the protecting group usually being a benzyl group- can be removed by means of hydrogenation with the same catalysts and conditions described above to yield the compounds of formula (Xl).
  • This reaction is carried out in the presence of an acid scavenger, such as a tertiary amine or sodium bicarbonate, in a variety of solvents like dioxane, dimethylsulfoxide or also without solvent, in a range of temperatures between 60° and 140° C.
  • an acid scavenger such as a tertiary amine or sodium bicarbonate
  • solvents like dioxane, dimethylsulfoxide or also without solvent, in a range of temperatures between 60° and 140° C.
  • the removal of the protecting group PG usually a silyl ether, is achieved by means of the fluoride anion, for example in the form of a quaternary ammonium salt like tetrabutylammonium fluoride, to give intermediates of formula (Xl).
  • the compounds of formula (Xl) are deprotected to the target compounds of formula (I) by conventional methods.
  • the protecting group P 1 is a benzyl group
  • the debenzylation is carried out with hydrogen and a hydrogenation catalyst like palladium on charcoal.
  • This step is achieved using a variety of solvents like alcohols, tetrahydrofuran or mixtures of them, and in neutral or slightly acidic media.
  • the pressure of hydrogen lies between 6,90-1O 4 Pa and 2.76-10 5 Pa and the temperature between 10° and 3O 0 C.
  • the intermediates of formulae (Ha), (lib), (lie), (Ud), (He) and (Hf) may be obtained by methods well known in the literature starting from the phenylglyoxals of formula (Ha) or the corresponding hydrates- prepared from the corresponding acetophenones of formula (IV) (for ex., see EP 85166454, example 2; US 4,753,962 description 54 or GB 1247370, example 1).
  • the phenylethanolamines of formula (He) may be obtained following methods described in J. Med. Chem., 1976, 19(9), 1138, compound 19; DE 2461861 , example 24.
  • the phenacyl bromides of formula (lib) may be obtained following methods described in Chem.Pharm.Bull., 1977, 25(6), 1368, compound II; J. Med. Chem., 1974, 17(1), 49; EP 85166454, example 1).
  • the protected bromohydrines of formula (lid) may be obtained following methods described in US2004059116 example 9C, WO 2004/011416 example 2 and WO 2004/016578 Example 1ii.
  • the oxyranes of formula (lie) may be obtained following methods described in WO 01036375, preparation 12; J. Med. Chem., 1974, 17(1), 55).
  • G 1 R 1 n, m, p, q, r, and s are as defined above.
  • Alcohols of formula (NIg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH) can react with benzyl bromide or benzyl chloride to give compounds of formula (Ilia) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OBz).
  • the reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 10O 0 C.
  • a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride
  • a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide
  • solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glyco
  • Bromoderivatives of formula (MId) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -Br) can be obtained from alcohols of formula (lllg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH) by reaction with lithium bromide, phosphorus tribromide, hydrobromic acid, carbon tetrabromide or thionyl bromide, optionally with a catalyst such as triphenylphosphine, with a solvent such as pyridine, benzene, toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, acetonitrile, ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or acetone, and at temperature from O 0 C to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a solvent such as pyridine, benzene, toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, acetonitrile, ethyl ether
  • Alcohols of formula (lllg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH) can be converted to compounds of formula (lllb) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OMs) by reaction with methanesulfonyl chloride, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or pyridine, with a solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from O 0 C to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or pyridine
  • solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform or tetrahydrofuran
  • Oxidation of bromoderivatives of formula (llld) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -Br) with an oxidant such as N-methylmorfoline N- oxide, 2-dimethylamino-N,N-dimethylaniline N-oxide, pyridine N-oxide or trimethylamine N-oxide gives compounds of formula (HIc) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -COH) .
  • the reaction is carried out in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • Aldehydes of formula (lllc) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -COH) can also be obtained by oxidation of alcohols of formula (IHg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O 0 C.
  • chromium trioxide manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloro
  • Alcohols of formula (HIg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH) can also be synthesized by reduction of aldehydes of formula (lllc)
  • reaction can be carried out with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • Bromoderivatives of formula (IHd) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -Br) and compounds of formula (lllb) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OMs) can react with potassium phtalimide to give compounds of formula (XIV).
  • the reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile or tetrahydrofuran, optionally with a catalyst such as (n-hexadecyl)tri-n-butylphosphonium bromide, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • Amines of formula (Wf) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -NH 2 ) can also be obtained by alkylation of benzyl amine with bromoderivatives of formula (IHd) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -Br) or with compounds of formula (1Mb) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OMs), followed by a debenzylation process.
  • the reaction can be carried out in the presence of a base such as benzyl amine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or potassium carbonate, without solvent or in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, acetone, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, and at temperature from O 0 C to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a base such as benzyl amine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or potassium carbonate
  • a solvent such as dimethylformamide, acetone, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane
  • the debenzylation process to give amines of formula (HIf) can be carried out with a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide, in a solvent such as ethanol, methanol, ethyl acetate, acetic acid or dimethylformamide, at a temperature from room temperature to 7O 0 C, and at a pressure from 1,38-10 5 Pa to 2,76-10 5 Pa.
  • a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide
  • a solvent such as ethanol, methanol, ethyl acetate, acetic acid or dimethylformamide
  • Amines of formula (We) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -NH-Bz) can also be obtained from aldehydes of formula (Wc) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -COH) and benzyl amine.
  • the reaction can be carried out with a hydride such as sodium borohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • G 1 , G 2 , R 4 , q, r, s are as hereinabove defined and G 4 is an halogen atom, preferably a bromine atom or a hydroxyl group through a variety of synthetic methods which are described below:
  • G 1 , R 4 , s, r and q are as hereinabove defined; x is equal to n-1 and; z is either equal to p when (Illc2) is used as a product of formula (III) to be condensed with the adrenergic moeity or equal to p+n-1 when product (XVIII) is used to be condensed with the adrenergic moeity to obtain a product of formula (I) wherein m is zero.
  • Bromoderivatives of formula (llld) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -Br) can be converted to aldehydes of formula (Illc3) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -COH) by oxidation with an oxidant such as N-methylmorfoline N-oxide, 2-dimethylamino-N,N- dimethylaniline N-oxide, pyridine N-oxide or trimethylamine N-oxide.
  • the reaction is carried out in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • the reaction of alcohols of formula (XX) to yield ketones of formula (XXI) can be achieved by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O 0 C.
  • Ketones of formula (XXI) can be transformed to compounds of formula (XXII) by reaction with a fluorinated agent such as (diethylamino) sulfur trifluoride (DAST) or [di(methoxyethyl)amino] sulfur trifluoride, optionally in the presence of a solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, methanol, ethanol or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a fluorinated agent such as (diethylamino) sulfur trifluoride (DAST) or [di(methoxyethyl)amino] sulfur trifluoride
  • Alkenes of formula (XXX) can be converted to aldehydes of formula (Illc2) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -COH) by oxidation with sodium periodate or potassium periodate with a catalytic amount of osmium tetroxide.
  • the reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, acetonitrile or water, or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from -78 0 C to 100 0 C.
  • Alcohols of formula (Wg2) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH, m is O and p+n is 2) can be obtained from alkenes of formula (XXIII) by successive reaction with borane tetrahydrofuran complex or borane-methyl sulfide complex and hydrogen peroxide, in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, water or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from -78 0 C to 10O 0 C.
  • a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide
  • a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, water or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether
  • Alkenes of formula (XXXI) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (Hlg3) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH, m is 0) with 2-nitrophenyl selenocyanate and tributylphosphine, with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or dioxane, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent (see references Hart, D.J.; Kanai, K.-l.; J.Am.Chem.Soc. 1983, 105, 1255; Hart, D.J.; J.Org.Chem. 1981, 46, 3576).
  • Alcohols of formula (XVIIb) can also react with p-toluensulfonyl chloride or methylsulfonyl chloride, in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, dioxane or methylene chloride, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • the resulting intermediate reacts with a base such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give compounds of formula (XXXI).
  • the reaction can be carried out without solvent or with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, dioxane or methylene chloride, and at a temperature from 20 to 25O 0 C.
  • Esters of formula (XXXIII) can be obtained by reaction of alkenes of formula (XXXI) with ethyl iododifluoroacetate in the presence of a metal such as zinc or copper optionally with a catalyst such as nickel chloride hexahydrate and water, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide or dioxane, and a temperature from 20 to 6O 0 C (see ref. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comm., 1992, 233).
  • esters of formula (XXXIII) can be achieved by treatment with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • Alcohols of formula (IMg5) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH and p and q are 1) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (XXXIV) with bromoderivatives of formula (XVg) (corresponding to the compounds of general formula (XV) wherein G 4 is a Br atom).
  • the reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 10O 0 C.
  • a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride
  • a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide
  • solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide
  • Aldehydes of formula (Illc3) can be obtained from alcohols of formula (XXXV) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 130 0 C.
  • Aldehydes of formula (Illc6) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a -COH group, p is 1 and n is 1) can react with a phosphorane of formula (XXVIII) wherein R 8 represents a C 1-4 alkyl group and R 9 represents a Ci -4 alkyl or a phenyl group to give esters of formula (XXXVI).
  • the reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or toluene, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • Alcohols of formula (Illg ⁇ ) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH, p is 1 and n is 3 ) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (XXXVII) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • R 8 represents a C 1-4 alkyl group
  • R 9 represents a C 1-4 alkyl or a phenyl group.
  • Alcohols of formula (XXXIX) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (XXXIV) with haloderivatives of formula (XXXVIII).
  • the reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 10O 0 C.
  • Aldehydes of formula (XL) can be obtained from alcohols of formula (XXXIX) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 130 0 C.
  • Aldehydes of formula (XL) can react with a phosphorane of formula (XXVIII) to give esters of formula (XLI).
  • the reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or toluene, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • Alcohols of formula (Illg7) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G 2 is a group -CH 2 -OH, q+s is 3, r is 0, p is 1 and n is 3) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (XLII) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • Alcohols of formula (XLIII) can be converted to compounds of formula (Ilia) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH 2 -O-Bz) by reaction with bromoderivatives of formula (XVb) in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 100 0 C.
  • a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride
  • a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide
  • Compounds of formula (XLV) can be converted to alcohols (XLVI) by reaction with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • Alkenes of formula (XLVII) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (XLVI) with 2-nitrophenyl selenocyanate and tributylphosphine, with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or dioxane, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent (see references Hart, D.J.; Kanai, K.-l.; J.Am.Chem.Soc. 1983, 105, 1255; Hart, DJ.; J.Org.Chem. 1981, 46, 3576).
  • Alcohols of formula (XLVI) can also react with p-toluensulfonyl chloride or methylsulfonyl chloride, in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, dioxane or methylene chloride, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • the resulting intermediate reacts with a base such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give compounds of formula (XLVII).
  • the reaction can be carried out without solvent or with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, dioxane or methylene chloride, and at a temperature from 20 to 25O 0 C.
  • Esters of formula (XLVIII) can be obtained by reaction of alkenes of formula (XLVII) with ethyl iododifluoroacetate (XXXII) in the presence of a metal such as zinc or copper optionally with a catalyst such as nickel chloride hexahydrate and water, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide or dioxane, and a temperature from 20 to 6O 0 C (see ref. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comm., 1992, 233).
  • esters of formula (XLVIII) can be achieved by treatment with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • Alcohols of formula (XLIIIb) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (XXXIV) with benzyl bromide.
  • the reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 100 0 C.
  • a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride
  • a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide
  • solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 100 0 C.
  • Aldehydes of formula (XLIX) can be obtained from alcohols of formula (XLIIIb) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O 0 C.
  • Aldehydes of formula (XLIX) can react with a phosphorane of formula (XXVIII) to give esters of formula (L).
  • the reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or toluene, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • Alcohols of formula (XLIIIc) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (Ll) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • G 1 is selected from ° , hydrogen or halogen atoms or groups selected from Ci -4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, S-R 5 , SO-R 5 and SO 2 -R 5 wherein R 5 is a Ci -4 alkyl or C 3 . 6 cycloalkyl.; R 4 is selected from hydrogen atom, halogen atoms and Ci -4 alkyl groups and R 7 is a Ci -4 alkyl group.
  • [di(methoxyethyl)amino] sulfur trifluoride optionally in the presence of a solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, methanol, ethanol or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, methanol, ethanol or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • Alcohols of formula (XVa) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (XXVI) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • the alcohols of formula (XVc4) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (XV) wherein x is n-4 and G 2 is a group -COH) can be obtained following scheme 12 wherein s, G 1 and R 4 are as hereinabove defined and x is either an integer from 1 to 3 when the reaction is stopped at product (XVa3) or x is 1 when the scheme is followed until the obtention of product (XVa4).
  • Alcohols of formula (XVa2) wherein x is at least 1 can be converted to aldehydes of formula (XVc2) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess- Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O 0 C.
  • Aldehydes of formula (XVc2) can be transformed to alkenes of formula (XXVII) with Tebbe reagent or methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride or sodium amide with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, methylene chloride or dimethylsulfoxide, and at a temperature from -78 0 C to 8O 0 C.
  • a base such as sodium hydride or sodium amide
  • solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, methylene chloride or dimethylsulfoxide
  • Alcohols of formula (XVa3) can be obtained from alkenes of formula (XXVII) by reaction with borane tetrahydrofuran complex or borane-methyl sulfide complex with hydrogen peroxide, in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, water or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from -78 0 C to 100 0 C.
  • a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide
  • solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, water or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether
  • Alcohols of formula (XVa3) can be converted to aldehydes of formula (XVc3) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O 0 C.
  • Aldehydes of formula (XVc3) can react with a phosphorane of formula (XXVIII) wherein R 8 is a C 1-4 alkyl group and R 9 is C 1-4 alkyl or phenyl group to give esters of formula (XXIX).
  • the reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or toluene, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • Alcohols of formula (XVa4) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (XXI) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • Esters of formula (LVIII) can be obtained by reaction of phenyliodides of formula (LVI) with alkyl iodotetrafluoropropionate (LVII) wherein R 7 is a Ci -4 alkyl group in the presence of copper optionally with a catalyst such as a palladium complex, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide or dioxane, and a temperature from 20 to 6O 0 C (see ref. Journal of Fluorine Chemistry, 2004, 125 (5), 763-765).
  • Alcohols of formula (XVa5) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (LVIII) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol
  • the 3-chloro-i-phenylpropan-i-ones (LIX) are reacted with sodium or potassium acetate and sodium or potassium iodide in a solvent such as glacial acetic acid and a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent to yield the compounds of formula (LX).
  • the 1-phenylethanones (LXI) are reacted with bromo(difluoro)acetate in the presence of Zn in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane or ethyl ether and at temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane or ethyl ether
  • the compounds of formula (LXIII) are reacted with a diphenylphosphine oxide and tBuOOtBu (ditertbutyl peroxide) in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane or ethyl ether and at temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent to yield the compounds of formula (LXIV).
  • a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane or ethyl ether
  • Amines of formula (Wa3) can be obtained from compounds of formula (Nla2) by reaction with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or tert-butyl carbamate.
  • the reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium ethoxide, potassium carbonate or sodium phenoxide, with a catalytic amount of a phosphine such as ditert-butylphosphine, tri-o-tolylphosphine or triphenylphosphine and a palladium catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium or tris(dibenzylideneacetone)- dipalladium(O), with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, toluene or benzene, and at a temperature from -78 0 C to 8O 0 C.
  • Amines of formula (Wa3) can be converted to compounds of formula (Illa4) by reaction with isocyanates of formula (LII) in a solvent such as toluene, benzene or dioxane, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • Saponification of compounds of formula (Illa4) gives compounds of formula (Hla5).
  • the reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, with a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, water or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • Compounds of formula (Hla6) can be obtained by cyclization of compounds of formula (Wa5) with an acid such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid, with a solvent such as methanol, acetic acid, ethanol or water or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • an acid such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid
  • a solvent such as methanol, acetic acid, ethanol or water or a mixture of them
  • reaction of compounds of formula (Illa ⁇ ) or (Hld4) with phosphorus oxychloride gives nitriles of formula (Wa9) or (Wd5).
  • the reaction can be carried out in the presence of a base such as pyridines, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine, with a solvent such as pyridine, benzene or toluene, and at temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
  • amides of formula (IHaIO) or (Illd ⁇ ) from nitriles of formula (IHa9) or (Hld5) can be achieved by reaction with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst such as Nickel-Raney, palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide, with a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol or ethyl acetate, at a temperature from room temperature to 6O 0 C, and at a pressure from 1.38-10 5 Pa to 2,76 10 s Pa.
  • a catalyst such as Nickel-Raney, palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide
  • solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol or ethyl acetate
  • Nitriles of formula (IUa9) or (Wd5) can also react with concentrated sulfuric acid to give amides of formula (HIaIO) or (Illd ⁇ ).
  • the reaction can be carried out without solvent or with a solvent such as methanol, ethanol or isopropyl alcohol, and at a temperature from room temperature to 15O 0 C.
  • reaction of nitriles of formula (Illa9) or (Hld5) with hydrogen peroxide can also afford amides of formula (HIaIO) or (Illd6).
  • the reaction can be carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or potassium carbonate, in a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, dimethylsulfoxide or acetone, and at a temperature from -20° to 120 0 C.
  • Amines of formula (LIV) can be obtained from compounds of formula (LIII) by reaction with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or tert-butyl carbamate, with a base such as sodium ethoxide, potassium carbonate or sodium phenoxide, with a catalytic amount of a phosphine such as ditert-butylphosphine, tri-o-tolylphosphine or triphenylphosphine and a palladium catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium or tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0), with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, toluene or benzene, and at temperature from -78 0 C to 8O 0 C.
  • a base such as sodium ethoxide, potassium carbonate or sodium phenoxide
  • Amines of formula (LIV) can be converted to ureas of formula (LV) by reaction with potassium cyanate in the presence of an acid such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid in water, and at a temperature from O 0 C to 100 0 C.
  • Thioethers of general formula (IMk) can be converted to sulfoxides of general formula (Him) and to sulfones of general formula (INn) by reaction with an oxidizing agent such as 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, magnesium monoperoxyphthalate or potassium peroxymonosulfate, in a solvent such as acetone, methylene chloride, methanol or ethanol, or a mixture of them, and at a temperature of from 1O 0 C to 4O 0 C.
  • an oxidizing agent such as 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, magnesium monoperoxyphthalate or potassium peroxymonosulfate
  • the sulfoxides of formula (lllo) or (HIn) and the sulfones of formula (lilt) or (IHm) can be converted to sulfonamides of formula (Ills) only when R 5 is a methyl group.
  • Conversion of sulfoxides of formula (IHo) into compounds of formula (lllp) can be carried out with sodium acetate and acetic anhydride, at a temperature from 100° to 16O 0 C.
  • Oxidation of compounds of formula (lllp) gives sulfones of formula (lllq).
  • the reaction can be achieved using an oxidizing agent such as 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, magnesium monoperoxyphthalate or potassium peroxymonosulfate, in a solvent such as acetone, methylene chloride, methanol or ethanol, or a mixture of them, and at a temperature of from 10 0 C to 4O 0 C.
  • Sulfones of formula (lllq) can be converted to compounds of formula (IHr).
  • the reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methanol or ethanol, or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from O 0 C to 8O 0 C.
  • the process can be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid or water, in the presence of sodium acetate, and at a temperature from O 0 C to 100 0 C.
  • Sulfonamides of formula (Ills) can also be obtained from sulfones of formula (lilt).
  • sulfones of formula (lilt) react with a magnesium derivative such as methylmagnesium chloride or ethyl magnesium chloride in the presence of a borane such as triethyl or tributylborane and at room temperature.
  • the final sulfonamide is achieved in a solvent such as acetic acid or water, in the presence of sodium acetate, and at a temperature from O 0 C to 100 0 C.
  • Example 1 The title compound was obtained (98 mg, 51%) as oil.
  • Example 1 Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (40:4:0.2) as eluent gave ⁇ R,S)-2- (hydroxymethyl)-4-(1-hydroxy-2- ⁇ [4,4,5,5-tetrafluoro-6-(3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino ⁇ ethyOphenol (0.15 g, 96%) as oil.
  • Example 1 Purification by column chromatography with silica gel, using methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (40:8:1) as eluent gave (R,S)- ⁇ /-[3-(1,1-dfluoro-2- ⁇ [6-( ⁇ 2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl ⁇ amino)hexyl]oxy ⁇ ethyl)phenyl]- urea (0.49 g, 46%) as an off-white solid.
  • 1 H-NMR 300 MHz, DMSO-D6): 1.20-1.26 (m, 4H); 1.32-1.47 (m, 4H); 2.54-2.57 (m,
  • Example 1 Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol/triethylamine (91:8:1) as eluent gave (R 1 S )-4-[2-( ⁇ 6-[2,2-difluoro-2-(3- methoxyphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl ⁇ amino)-1 -hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (1.52g, 0 93%) as oil .
  • the pharmaceutical formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. All methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient(s) into association with the carrier. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
  • Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil- in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • a syrup formulation will generally consist of a suspension or solution of the compound or salt in a liquid carrier for example, ethanol, peanut oil, olive oil, glycerine or water with flavouring or colouring agent.
  • a liquid carrier for example, ethanol, peanut oil, olive oil, glycerine or water with flavouring or colouring agent.
  • composition is in the form of a tablet
  • any pharmaceutical carrier routinely used for preparing solid formulations may be used.
  • examples of such carriers include magnesium stearate, talc, gelatine, acacia, stearic acid, starch, lactose and sucrose.
  • a tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agent.
  • Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
  • compositions are in the form of a capsule, any routine encapsulation is suitable, for example using the aforementioned carriers in a hard gelatine capsule.
  • any pharmaceutical carrier routinely used for preparing dispersions or suspensions may be considered, for example aqueous gums, celluloses, silicates or oils, and are incorporated in a soft gelatine capsule.
  • Dry powder compositions for topical delivery to the lung by inhalation may, for example, be presented in capsules and cartridges of for example gelatine or blisters of for example laminated aluminium foil, for use in an inhaler or insufflator.
  • Formulations generally contain a powder mix for inhalation of the compound of the invention and a suitable powder base (carrier substance) such as lactose or starch. Use of lactose is preferred.
  • Each capsule or cartridge may generally contain between 2 ⁇ g and 150 ⁇ g of each therapeutically active ingredient.
  • the active ingredient (s) may be presented without excipients.
  • Packaging of the formulation may be suitable for unit dose or multi-dose delivery.
  • the formulation can be pre-metered or metered in use. Dry powder inhalers are thus classified into three groups: (a) single dose, (b) multiple unit dose and (c) multi dose devices.
  • inhalers of the first type single doses have been weighed by the manufacturer into small containers, which are mostly hard gelatine capsules.
  • a capsule has to be taken from a separate box or container and inserted into a receptacle area of the inhaler.
  • the capsule has to be opened or perforated with pins or cutting blades in order to allow part of the inspiratory air stream to pass through the capsule for powder entrainment or to discharge the powder from the capsule through these perforations by means of centrifugal force during inhalation.
  • the emptied capsule has to be removed from the inhaler again.
  • disassembling of the inhaler is necessary for inserting and removing the capsule, which is an operation that can be difficult and burdensome for some patients.
  • Some capsule inhalers have a magazine from which individual capsules can be transferred to a receiving chamber, in which perforation and emptying takes place, as described in WO 92/03175.
  • Other capsule inhalers have revolving magazines with capsule chambers that can be brought in line with the air conduit for dose discharge (e. g. WO91 /02558 and GB 2242134). They comprise the type of multiple unit dose inhalers together with blister inhalers, which have a limited number of unit doses in supply on a disk or on a strip.
  • Blister inhalers provide better moisture protection of the medicament than capsule inhalers. Access to the powder is obtained by perforating the cover as well as the blister foil, or by peeling off the cover foil.
  • a blister strip is used instead of a disk, the number of doses can be increased, but it is inconvenient for the patient to replace an empty strip. Therefore, such devices are often disposable with the incorporated dose system, including the technique used to transport the strip and open the blister pockets.
  • Multi-dose inhalers do not contain pre-measured quantities of the powder formulation. They consist of a relatively large container and a dose measuring principle that has to be operated by the patient. The container bears multiple doses that are isolated individually from the bulk of powder by volumetric displacement.
  • Various dose measuring principles exist, including rotatable membranes (e. g. EP0069715) or disks (e. g. GB 2041763; EP 0424790; DE 4239402 and EP 0674533), rotatable cylinders (e. g. EP 0166294; GB 2165159 and WO 92/09322) and rotatable frustums (e. g.
  • WO 92/00771 all having cavities which have to be filled with powder from the container.
  • Other multi dose devices have measuring slides (e. g.US 5201308 and WO 97/00703) or measuring plungers with a local or circumferential recess to displace a certain volume of powder from the container to a delivery chamber or an air conduit e. g. EP 0505321 , WO 92/04068 and WO 92/04928.
  • Reproducible dose measuring is one of the major concerns for multi dose inhaler devices.
  • the powder formulation has to exhibit good and stable flow properties, because filling of the dose measuring cups or cavities is mostly under the influence of the force of gravity.
  • Multi dose inhalers can contain a much higher number of doses, whereas the number of handlings to prime a dose is generally lower.
  • the inspiratory air stream in multi-dose devices is often straight across the dose measuring cavity, and because the massive and rigid dose measuring systems of multi dose inhalers can not be agitated by this inspiratory air stream, the powder mass is simply entrained from the cavity and little de-agglomeration is obtained during discharge.
  • compositions of the invention can be administered in aerosols which operate via propellant gases or by means of so-called atomisers, via which solutions of pharmacologically-active substances can be sprayed under high pressure so that a mist of inhalable particles results.
  • atomisers are described, for example, in PCT Patent Application No. WO 91/14468 and International Patent Application No. WO 97/12687, reference here being made to the contents thereof.
  • Spray compositions for topical delivery to the lung by inhalation may for example be formulated as aqueous solutions or suspensions or as aerosols delivered from pressurised packs, such as a metered dose inhaler, with the use of a suitable liquefied propellant.
  • Aerosol compositions suitable for inhalation can be either a suspension or a solution and generally contain the active ingredient (s) and a suitable propellant such as a fluorocarbon or hydrogen-containing chlorofluorocarbon or mixtures thereof, particularly hydrofluoroalkanes, e. g.
  • dichlorodifluoromethane trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetra- fluoroethane, especially 1 ,1 , 1 , 2-tetrafluoroethane, 1 ,1 , 1 ,2, 3,3, 3-heptafluoro-n-propane or a mixture thereof.
  • Carbon dioxide or other suitable gas may also be used as propellant.
  • the aerosol composition may be excipient free or may optionally contain additional formulation excipients well known in the art such as surfactants eg oleic acid or lecithin and cosolvens eg ethanol.
  • Pressurised formulations will generally be retained in a canister (eg an aluminium canister) closed with a valve (eg a metering valve) and fitted into an actuator provided with a mouthpiece.
  • Medicaments for administration by inhalation desirably have a controlled particle size.
  • the optimum particle size for inhalation into the bronchial system is usually 1-1 O ⁇ , preferably 2-5 ⁇ . Particles having a size above 20 ⁇ are generally too large when inhaled to reach the small airways.
  • the particles of the active ingredient as produced may be size reduced by conventional means eg by micronisation.
  • the desired fraction may be separated out by air classification or sieving.
  • the particles will be crystalline.
  • an excipient such as lactose or glucose is generally employed.
  • the particle size of the excipient will usually be much greater than the inhaled medicament within the present invention.
  • lactose it will typically be present as milled lactose, preferably crystalline alpha lactose monohydrate.
  • Pressurized aerosol compositions will generally be filled into canisters fitted with a valve, especially a metering valve.
  • Canisters may optionally be coated with a plastics material e. g.
  • compositions for nasal delivery include those mentioned above for inhalation and further include non-pressurized compositions in the form of a solution or suspension in an inert vehicle such as water optionally in combination with conventional excipients such as buffers, anti-microbials, tonicity modifying agents and viscosity modifying agents which may be administered by nasal pump.
  • Typical dermal and transdermal formulations comprise a conventional aqueous or nonaqueous vehicle, for example a cream, ointment, lotion or paste or are in the form of a medicated plaster, patch or membrane.
  • the composition is in unit dosage form, for example a tablet, capsule or metered aerosol dose, so that the patient may administer a single dose.
  • Each dosage unit contains suitably from 1 ⁇ g to 100 ⁇ g, and preferably from 5 ⁇ g to 50 ⁇ g of a ⁇ 2-agonist according to the invention.
  • each active which is required to achieve a therapeutic effect will, of course, vary with the particular active, the route of administration, the subject under treatment, and the particular disorder or disease being treated.
  • the active ingredients may be administered from 1 to 6 times a day, sufficient to exhibit the desired activity. Preferably, the active ingredients are administered once or twice a day.
  • compositions of the invention can optionally comprise one or more additional active substances which are known to be useful in the treatment of respiratory disorders, such as PDE4 inhibitors, corticosteroids or glucocorticoids and/or anticholinergics.
  • additional active substances which are known to be useful in the treatment of respiratory disorders, such as PDE4 inhibitors, corticosteroids or glucocorticoids and/or anticholinergics.
  • PDE4 inhibitors examples include denbufylline, rolipram, cipamfylline, arofylline, filaminast, piclamilast, mesopram, drotaverine hydrochloride, lirimilast, roflumilast, cilomilast, 6-[2-(3,4- Diethoxyphenyl)thiazol-4-yl]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid, (R)-(+)-4-[2-(3-Cyclopentyloxy-4- methoxyphenyl)-2-phenylethyl]pyridine, N-(3,5-Dichloro-4-pyridinyl)-2-[1-(4-fluorobenzyl)- 5-hydroxy-1H-indol-3-yl]-2-oxoacetamide, 9-(2-Fluorobenzyl)-N6-methyl-2- (trifluoromethyl)a
  • corticosteroids and glucocorticoids that can be combined with ⁇ 2- agonists are prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, naflocort, deflazacort, halopredone acetate, budesonide, beclomethasone dipropionate, hydrocortisone, triamcinolone acetonide, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, clocortolone pivalate, methylprednisolone aceponate, dexamethasone palmitoate, tipredane, hydrocortisone aceponate, prednicarbate, alclometasone dipropionate, halometasone, methylprednisolone suleptanate, mometasone furoate, rimexolone, prednisolone farnesylate, ciclesonide, deprodone propionate, flu
  • M3 antagonists anticholinergics
  • tiotropium salts oxitropium salts, flutropium salts, ipratropium salts, glycopyrronium salts, trospium salts, revatropate, espatropate, 3-[2-Hydroxy-2,2-bis(2- thienyl)acetoxy]-1-(3-phenoxypropyl)-1-azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane salts, 1-(2- Phenylethyl)-3-(9H-xanthen-9-ylcarbonyloxy)-1-azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane salts, 2-oxo- 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinazoline-3-carboxylic acid endo-8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl ester salts (DAU-5884), 3-(4-Benzylpiperazin-1
  • bronchodilating agents may be used in the treatment of respiratory diseases, wherein the use of bronchodilating agents is expected to have a beneficial effect, for example asthma, acute or chronic bronchitis, emphysema, or Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD).
  • COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
  • the active compounds in the combination i.e. the ⁇ 2-agonist of the invention and the PDE4 inhibitors, corticosteroids or glucocorticoids and/or anticholinergics may be administered together in the same pharmaceutical composition or in different compositions intended for separate, simultaneous, concomitant or sequential administration by the same or a different route.
  • all active agents would be administered at the same time, or very close in time.
  • one or two actives could be taken in the morning and the other (s) later in the day.
  • one or two actives could be taken twice daily and the other (s) once daily, either at the same time as one of the twice-a-day dosing occurred, or separately.
  • at least two, and more preferably all, of the actives would be taken together at the same time.
  • at least two, and more preferably all actives would be administered as an admixture.
  • compositions according to the invention are preferably administered in the form of compositions for inhalation delivered with the help of inhalers, especially dry powder inhalers, however, any other form or parenteral or oral application is possible.
  • inhalers especially dry powder inhalers
  • any other form or parenteral or oral application is possible.
  • the application of inhaled compositions embodies the preferred application form, especially in the therapy of obstructive lung diseases or for the treatment of asthma.
  • the compounds of this invention exhibit biological activity and are useful for medical treatment.
  • the ability of a compound to bind to the ⁇ adrenergic receptors, as well as its selectivity, agonist potency, and intrinsic activity can be demonstrated using Tests A to E below, or can be demonstrated using other tests that are known in the art.
  • Exemplified compounds of this invention were found to have IC 50 values less than 25 nM for ⁇ 2 receptor and more than 140 nM for ⁇ 1 receptor
  • the binding reactions were terminated by filtration through Whatman GF/C membranes, prewet in assay buffer at 4 0 C, using a BRANDEL M-24 harvester.
  • the filters were washed three times with 4 ml each of 50 mM Tris/HCI and 4mM MgCI 2 pH 7.4, and the radioactivity, retained in the filters, measured.
  • IC 50 values were obtained by non-linear regression using SAS. Exemplified compounds of this invention were found to have IC 50 values more than 1200 nM for ⁇ 3 receptor.
  • Agonist activity was determined by sequentially infusing increasing concentrations of drug prepared in the Krebs solution during 30 minutes. The magnitude of each response was measured and expressed as a percentage of inhibition over the electrically-induced contractile response. Potency values for the ⁇ -adrenoceptor agonists were expressed in absolute terms (concentration required to induce a 50% inhibition, EC 50 ).
  • T 50 onset The time to reach a 50% onset of action (T 50 onset) is defined as the time spanning from drug agonist administration to 50% attainment the maximum response at an EC 50 drug concentration.
  • T max The time to reach maximum onset of action
  • the time to 50% offset of action is defined as the time elapsed from the end of drug administration to attainment of 50% relaxation recovery.
  • offset of action was also expressed as the percentage of recovery reached 8h after drug administration.
  • Exemplified compounds of this invention that were tested in this assay show EC 50 values less than 1O nM with more than 500 minutes as time to 50 % recovery.
  • test compounds were dissolved in distilled water. Some of them need to be dissolved using 10% polyethylene glycol 300. Histamine HCI was supplied by Sigma (code H 7250) and dissolved in distilled water.
  • mice Male guinea-pigs (325-45Og) were supplied by Harlan (Netherlands), and maintained at a constant temperature of 22 ⁇ 2 0 C, humidity 40-70% with 10 cycles of room air per hour. They were illuminated with artificial light in 12 hour cycles (from 7h am to 7h pm). A minimum of 5 days acclimatization period was left before animals were dosed with test compounds. The animals were fasted for 18 hours before the experiment with water ad libitum.
  • test compounds ⁇ 2-adrenergic agonists
  • the test compounds were administered by aerosol during 30 seconds at concentrations between 0.1 and 1000 ⁇ g/ml.
  • 250 ⁇ g/ml of histamine were nebulized during 30 s to induce a bronchospasm.
  • the animals were observed during 5 minutes after histamine administration and the time elapsed from administration to first bronchospasm was recorded.
  • the EC 50 was defined as the concentration dose causing a 50 % delay of bronchospasm.
  • An EC 50 was calculated for compounds administered 5 minutes or 180 min before histamine challenge and were named EC 50 at 5 min and EC 50 at 180 min, respectively.
  • Duration of action of test compounds was determined by the ratio EC 50 5 min/ EC 50 180 min.
  • the compounds exhibiting a ratio EC 50 5 min/ EC 50 180 min below 100 were considered long-acting.
  • test compounds were dissolved in distilled water. Some of them need to be dissolved using a maximum of 10% polyethylene glycol 300.
  • Acetylcholine HCI was supplied by Sigma (code A 6625) and dissolved in saline solution.
  • mice Male guinea-pigs (450-60Og) were supplied by Harlan (Netherlands), and maintained at a constant temperature of 22 ⁇ 2 0 C, humidity 40-70% with 10 cycles of room air per hour. They were illuminated with artificial light in 12 hour cycles (from 7h am to 7h pm). A minimum of 5 days acclimatization period was left before animals were dosed with test compounds. The animals were fasted 18 hours before the experiment with water ad libitum.
  • Aerosol concentrations between 0.1 and 300 ⁇ g/ml of the compounds were administered.
  • the bronchoprotective effects of test compounds were evaluated one hour or twenty four hours post-dose with a Mumed PR 800 system.
  • guinea pigs were anesthetized with an intramuscular injection of ketamine (43.75 mg/kg), xylazine (83.5 mg/kg), and acepromazine (1.05 mg/kg) at a volume of 1 ml/kg. After the surgical site was shaved, a 2-3 cm midline incision of the neck was made. The jugular vein was isolated and cannulated with a polyethylene catheter (Portex Ld.) to allow an intravenous bolus of acetylcoline (10 and 30 ⁇ g/kg iv) at 4-min intervals.
  • ketamine 43.75 mg/kg
  • xylazine 83.5 mg/kg
  • acepromazine (1.05 mg/kg
  • the carotid artery was cannulated and the blood pressure was measured by a Bentley Tracer transducer.
  • the trachea was dissected and cannulated with a teflon tube and connected at a pneumotachograph Fleisch for measuring the airflow.
  • Animal was ventilated using an Ugo Basile pump, with a volume of 10 ml/kg at a rate of 60 breaths/min.
  • the transpulmonary pressure was measured with an esophageal cannula (Venocath-14, Venisystems) connected to Celesco transducer. Once the cannulations were completed a Mumed pulmonary measurement computer program enabled the collection of pulmonary values.
  • the baseline values were within the range of 0.3-0.9 mL/cm H 2 O for compliance and within the range of 0.1-0.199 cm H 2 0/ml_ per second for lung resistance (R L ).
  • bronchocoprotective effect of inhaled compounds was determined with the concentration of the test compound causing a 50 % of inhibition of bronchoconstriction (EC 50 ) induced by acetylcholine at 30 ⁇ g/kg iv

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Quinoline Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a compound of formula (I) wherein: R1 is a group selected from -CH2OH, -NHC(O)H and R2 is a hydrogen atom; or R1 together with R2 form the group -NH-C(O)-CH=CH- wherein the nitrogen atom is bound to the carbon atom in the phenyl ring holding R1 and the carbon atom is bound to the carbon atom in the phenyl ring holding R2; R3 is selected from hydrogen and halogen atoms or groups selected from -SO-R5, -SO2- R5, -NH-CO-NH2, -CO-NH2, hydantoino, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy and -SO2NR5R6; R4 is selected from hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms and C1-4alkyl groups; R5 is a C1-4alkyl group or C3-8 cycloalkyl; R6 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C1-4alkyl groups; n, p and q are independently 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; m and s are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3; r is 0, 1 or 2; with the provisos that: at least one of m and r is not 0; the sum n+m+p+q+r+s is 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12 or 13; the sum q+r+s is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt, solvate or stereoisomer thereof.

Description

DERIVATIVES OF 4-(2-AMINO-I -HYDROXYETHYL)PHENOL AS AGONISTS OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to novel β2 adrenergic receptor agonists. The invention is also directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, methods of using such compounds to treat diseases associated with β2 adrenergic receptor activity, and processes and intermediates useful for preparing such compounds.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
β2 adrenergic receptor agonists are recognized as effective drugs for the treatment of pulmonary diseases such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (including chronic bronchitis and emphysema). β2 adrenergic receptor agonists are also useful for treating pre-term labor, glaucoma and are potentially useful for treating neurological disorders and cardiac disorders.
In spite of the success that has been achieved with certain β2 adrenergic receptor agonists, current agents possess less than desirable potency, selectivity, onset, and/or duration of action. Thus, there is a need for additional β2 adrenergic receptor agonists having improved properties. Preferred agents may possess, among other properties, improved potency, selectivity, onset, improved safety margins, improved therapeutic window and/or duration of action.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention provides novel compounds that possess β2 adrenergic receptor agonist activity. Accordingly, there is provided a compound of the invention which is a compound of formula (I):
Figure imgf000003_0001
(I)
wherein:
R1 is a group selected from -CH2OH1 -NHC(O)H and
• R2 is a hydrogen atom; or
• R1 together with R2 form the group -NH-C(O)-CH=CH- wherein the nitrogen atom is bound to the carbon atom in the phenyl ring holding R1 and the carbon atom is bound to the carbon atom in the phenyl ring holding R2
• R3 is selected from hydrogen and halogen atoms or groups selected from -SO-R5, -SO2-
R5, -NH-CO-NH2, -CONH2, hydantoino, C^alkyl, C1-4alkoxy and -SO2NR5R6
• R4 is selected from hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms and d.4alkyl groups
• R5 is a C1-4alkyl group or C3-8cycloalkyl group
• R6 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C^alkyl groups
• n, p and q are independently O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4
• m and s are independently O, 1 , 2 or 3
• r is O, 1 or 2 with the provisos that:
• at least one of m and r is not O
• the sum n+m+p+q+r+s is 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12 or 13
• the sum q+r+s is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier. The invention further provides combinations comprising a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic agents and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such combinations. The invention also provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with β2 adrenergic receptor activity (e.g. a pulmonary disease, such as asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pre-term labor, glaucoma, a neurological disorder, a cardiac disorder, or inflammation) in a mammal, comprising administering to the mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention. The invention further provides a method of treatment comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a combination of a compound of the invention together with one or more other therapeutic agents.
In separate and distinct aspects, the invention also provides synthetic processes and intermediates described herein, which are useful for preparing compounds of the invention.
The invention also provides a compound of the invention as described herein for use in medical therapy, as well as the use of a compound of the invention in the manufacture of a formulation or medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with β2 adrenergic receptor activity (e.g. a pulmonary disease, such as asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, pre-term labor, glaucoma, a neurological disorder, a cardiac disorder, or inflammation) in a mammal.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
When describing the compounds, compositions and methods of the invention, the following terms have the following meanings, unless otherwise indicated.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount sufficient to effect treatment when administered to a patient in need of treatment.
The term "treatment" as used herein refers to the treatment of a disease or medical condition in a human patient which includes:
(a) preventing the disease or medical condition from occurring, i.e., prophylactic treatment of a patient; (b) ameliorating the disease or medical condition, i.e., causing regression of the disease or medical condition in a patient;
(c) suppressing the disease or medical condition, i.e., slowing the development of the disease or medical condition in a patient; or
(d) alleviating the symptoms of the disease or medical condition in a patient.
The phrase "disease or condition associated with β2 adrenergic receptor activity" includes all disease states and/or conditions that are acknowledged now, or that are found in the future, to be associated with β2 adrenergic receptor activity. Such disease states include, but are not limited to, pulmonary diseases, such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (including chronic bronchitis and emphysema), as well as neurological disorders and cardiac disorders. β2 adrenergic receptor activity is also known to be associated with pre-term labor (see International Patent Application Publication Number WO 98/09632), glaucoma and some types of inflammation (see International Patent Application Publication Number WO 99/30703 and Patent Application Publication Number EP 1 078 629).
The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable salt" refers to a salt prepared from a base or acid which is acceptable for administration to a patient, such as a mammal. Such salts can be derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable inorganic or organic bases and from pharmaceutically-acceptable inorganic or organic acids.
Salts derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphosulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic, xinafoic (1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid) and the like. Particularly preferred are salts derived from fumaric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, acetic, sulfuric, methanesulfonic, xinafoic, and tartaric acids. Salts derived from pharmaceuticaily-acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like. Particularly preferred are ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts.
Salts derived from pharmaceuticaily-acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, including substituted amines, cyclic amines, naturally- occurring amines and the like, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N1N'- dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
The term "solvate" refers to a complex or aggregate formed by one or more molecules of a solute, i.e. a compound of the invention or a pharmaceuticaily-acceptable salt thereof, and one or more molecules of a solvent. Such solvates are typically crystalline solids having a substantially fixed molar ratio of solute and solvent. Representative solvents include by way of example, water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, acetic acid, and the like. When the solvent is water, the solvate formed is a hydrate.
It will be appreciated that the term "or a pharmaceuticaily-acceptable salt or solvate of stereoisomer thereof is intended to include all permutations of salts, solvates and stereoisomers, such as a solvate of a pharmaceuticaily-acceptable salt of a stereoisomer of a compound of formula (I).
The term "amino-protecting group" refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing undesired reactions at an amino nitrogen. Representative amino-protecting groups include, but are not limited to, formyl; acyl groups, for example alkanoyl groups, such as acetyl; alkoxycarbonyl groups, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc); arylmethoxycarbonyl groups, such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc); arylmethyl groups, such as benzyl (Bn), trityl (Tr), and 1 ,1-di-(4'-methoxyphenyl)methyl; silyl groups, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS); and the like. The term "hydroxy-protecting group" refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing undesired reactions at a hydroxy group. Representative hydroxy-protecting groups include, but are not limited to, alkyl groups, such as methyl, ethyl, and tert-butyl; acyl groups, for example alkanoyl groups, such as acetyl; arylmethyl groups, such as benzyl (Bn)1 p-methoxybenzyl (PMB), 9-fluorenylmethyl (Fm), and diphenylmethyl (benzhydryl, DPM); silyl groups, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS); and the like.
The compounds of the invention contain at least a chiral center. Accordingly, the invention includes racemic mixtures, enantiomers, and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer. The scope of the invention as described and claimed encompasses the racemic forms of the compounds as well as the individual enantiomers, diastereomers, and stereoisomer-enriched mixtures.
In an embodiment the compounds of the present invention have at least one of m and r with a value of 1.
In another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have the sum m+r with a value of 1.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have the sum n+m+p+q+r+s with a value of 8, 9 or 10.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have the sum q+r+s with a value of 2, 3 or 4.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have s with a value of 0 or 1.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have the sum n+p with a value of 4, 5 or 6. In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have the sum q+s with a value of 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have R3 selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an halogen atom or a methyl group.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have R3 selected from the group consisting of chlorine or fluorine atom.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have R3 being a methyl group.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have R4 being a hydrogen atom.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have R4 being a chlorine atom.
In still another embodiment the compounds of the present invention have m and s with a value of O1 r and q with a value of 1 , the sum of n and p with a value of 6 and R5 and R6 being both hydrogen atoms
Of particular interest are the compounds:
(R,Sj-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol
CR,S;-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol (R, Sj-4-(2-{[4,4-Difluoro-6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -hydroxy-ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol
('f?,S;-4-(2-{[6-(4,4-Difluoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol
('R,S>)-5-(2-{[6-(2l2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-8- hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one (7?,SJ-4-[2-({6-[2,2-Difluoro-2-(3-methylphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1- hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
4-(C7R/)-2-{[6-(2I2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol (R, S)-2-(Hydroxymethyl)-4-(1 -hydroxy-2-{[4,4,5,5-tetrafluoro-6-(3- phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino}ethyl)phenol
CR,S)-[5-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2- hydroxyphenyljformamide
(/?,S)-4-[2-({6-[2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2,2-difluoroethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1-hydroxyethyl]- 2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
(R, S)-Λ/-[3-(1 , 1 -Difluoro-2-{[6-({2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-
(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}amino)hexyl]oxy}ethyl)phenyl]urea
(R, S)-3-[3-( 1 , 1 -difluoro-2-{[6-({2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl) phenyl]ethyl}amino)hexyl]oxy}ethyl)phenyl]imidazolidine-2,4-dione (/?,S)-4-[2-({6-[2,2-difluoro-2-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1- hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
5-((1R)-2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8- hydroxyquinolin-2(1W)-one
4-((1/?)-2-{[4,4-Difluoro-6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2- (hydroxymethyl)phenol
(R1 S)-4-(2-{[6-(3,3-Difluoro-3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -hydroxy ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol
(R)-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)-4,4-difluorohexyl]amino}-1- hydroxyethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (R, S)-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-3-phenyipropoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -hydroxy ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol, hydrochloride
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts and solvates thereof.
The invention comprises also pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as hereinabove defined and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In an embodiment of the present invention the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a therapeutically effective amount of one or more other therapeutic agents. It is also an embodiment of the present invention that the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration by inhalation.
The compounds of the present invention as hereinabove defined may also be combined with one or more other therapeutic agents, in particular one or more drugs selected from the group consisting of corticosteroids, an anticholinergic agents and PDE4 inhibitors.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the combination comprises a compound of formula (I) as hereinabove defined and a drug selected from the group consisting of fluticasone propionate, 6α,9α-difluoro-17α-[-(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-11β- hydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, and 6α,9α-difluoro-11β-hydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxo-17.alph a.-propionyloxy-androsta-1 ,4- diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-3S-yl) ester.
The invention is also directed to a method of treating a disease or condition in a mammal associated with β2 adrenergic receptor activity, the method comprising administering to the mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a β2 adrenergic receptor agonist according to the present invention. It is of particular relevance the method applied to the treatment of a disease or condition which is a pulmonary disease, preferably asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
The method of treating a disease can also be applied within the scope of the present invention to the treatment of a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of pre-term labor, glaucoma, neurological disorders, cardiac disorders, and inflammation.
General Synthetic Procedures
The compounds of the invention can be prepared using the methods and procedures described herein, or using similar methods and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures. Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. The choice of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional group, as well as suitable conditions for protection and deprotection, are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups, and their introduction and removal, are described in T. W. Greene and G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Third Edition, Wiley, New York, 1999, and references cited therein.
Processes for preparing compounds of the invention are provided as further embodiments of the invention and are illustrated by the procedures below.
In general the compounds of formula (I) are obtained reacting a compound of formula (II):
Figure imgf000011_0001
(H)
wherein R1 and R2 are as hereinabove defined, P1 is a conventional hydroxy protecting group such as benzyl group; with a compound of formula (III):
Figure imgf000011_0002
(III) wherein n, m , p, q, r and s are as hereinabove defined and G1 is a group selected from :
Figure imgf000011_0003
, hydrogen or halogen atoms or groups selected from C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, S- R5, SO-R5 and SO2-R5 wherein R5 is a C1-4 alkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl and R4 is selected from hydrogen atom, halogen atoms and Ci-4 alkyl groups.
The nature of the reacting groups G3 and G2 depends on the coupling reaction that is employed to obtain the compounds of formula (I). The different coupling reactions between compound (II) (the phenylethanolamine moiety) and the corresponding compound (III) (the fluorinated moeity) are summarised in Scheme 1 and described below.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein R represents a group of formula:
Figure imgf000013_0001
In a first alternative phenylglyoxals of formula (Ha) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (II) wherein G3 is a -CO-CHO group) can react with a compound of formula (MIf) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group - CH2NH2) to give, in a reductive alkylation step, intermediates of formula (Xl). This step can be achieved in a variety of solvents, like tetrahydrofuran, alcohols as methanol, ethanol or isopropyl alcohol, as well as a mixture of solvents such as methanol/tetrahydrofuran or dimethylsulfoxide/methanol, the temperature range being between 5° and 100° C; more specifically between 15° and 70° C. The reducing agent may be a hydride like sodium borohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride as well as hydrogen plus a hydrogenation catalyst like palladium on charcoal.
In a second alternative aminoalcohols of formula (lie) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (II) wherein G3 is a -CH(OH)-CH2NH2 group) can react with an aldehyde compound of formula (IMc) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CHO) to give, in an analogous reductive alkylation process the same intermediates of formula (Xl). This step is carried out under similar conditions and solvents as the previously described.
In a third alternative compounds of formula (lie) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (II) wherein G3 is a -CH(OH)-CH2NH2 group) are converted to the corresponding oxazolidinones derivatives of formula (Nf) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (II) wherein G3 is an oxazolidinone group) by means of a carbonylation reagent like biscarbonyldiimidazole or a two-step process involving firstly treatment with di- terbutyldicarbonate to give the corresponding N-BOC derivative and subsequent cyclization with a base like sodium hydride. The resulting oxazolidinones of formula (Hf) can react with an alkylating agent of formula (llld) or (1Mb) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2Br or a group -CH2OMs (Ms standing for a mesylate group)) in the presence of a base like sodium hydride to give intermediates of formula (XII). Subsequent hydrolysis of the oxazolidinone moiety by means of a basic reagent such as an alkaline hydroxide or alkoxide like potassium trimethylsilanolate yields the compound of formula (Xl) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (II) wherein G2 is a -CH(OH)-CH2-NH-R).
In a fourth alternative the phenacyl bromides of formula (lib) (wherein G3 is a -CO-CH2-Br group) can react with protected amines of formula (IHe) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-NH-P2 being P2 a conventional amine protecting group such as a benzyl group), to give ketoamines of formula (VIII). This process can be carried out in many solvents like tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane in the presence of an acid scavenger like a tertiary amine as triethylamine, and at temperatures between 5 and 60° C. The compounds of formula (VIII) can then be reduced to yield the aminoalcohols of formula (IX). This step can be achieved in a variety of solvents, like tetrahydrofuran, alcohols as methanol, ethanol or isopropyl alcohol, as well as a mixture of solvents such as methanol/tetrahydrofuran or dimethylsulfoxide/methanol, the temperature range being between 5° and 100° C; more specifically between 15° and 70° C. The reducing agent may be a hydride like sodium borohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride as well as hydrogen plus a hydrogenation catalyst like palladium on charcoal. Finally the protecting group -usually being a benzyl group- can be removed by means of hydrogenation with the same catalysts and conditions described above to yield the compounds of formula (Xl).
In a fifth alternative protected bromohydrins of formula (lid) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (II) wherein G3 is a group -CH(OP3J-CH2-Br (P3 being a conventional hydroxy protecting group such as a silyl ether)) can alkylate primary amines of formula (lllf) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2NH2) to give intermediates of formula (X). This reaction is carried out in the presence of an acid scavenger, such as a tertiary amine or sodium bicarbonate, in a variety of solvents like dioxane, dimethylsulfoxide or also without solvent, in a range of temperatures between 60° and 140° C. The removal of the protecting group PG, usually a silyl ether, is achieved by means of the fluoride anion, for example in the form of a quaternary ammonium salt like tetrabutylammonium fluoride, to give intermediates of formula (Xl).
In a sixth alternative epoxides of formula (lie) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (II) wherein G3 is an oxyran group) can also react with protected amines of formula (IHe) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group _-CH2-NH-P2 being P2 a conventional amine protecting group such as a benzyl group), to give intermediates of formula (IX). This process can be carried out in many solvents like alcohols, tetrahydrofuran or without solvents at all, in a range of temperatures between 20° and 140 0C.
As a final step the compounds of formula (Xl) are deprotected to the target compounds of formula (I) by conventional methods. When the protecting group P1 is a benzyl group the debenzylation is carried out with hydrogen and a hydrogenation catalyst like palladium on charcoal. This step is achieved using a variety of solvents like alcohols, tetrahydrofuran or mixtures of them, and in neutral or slightly acidic media. The pressure of hydrogen lies between 6,90-1O4 Pa and 2.76-105 Pa and the temperature between 10° and 3O0C.
The intermediates of formulae (Ha), (lib), (lie), (Ud), (He) and (Hf) may be obtained by methods well known in the literature starting from the phenylglyoxals of formula (Ha) or the corresponding hydrates- prepared from the corresponding acetophenones of formula (IV) (for ex., see EP 85166454, example 2; US 4,753,962 description 54 or GB 1247370, example 1).
For example the phenylethanolamines of formula (He) may be obtained following methods described in J. Med. Chem., 1976, 19(9), 1138, compound 19; DE 2461861 , example 24. The phenacyl bromides of formula (lib) may be obtained following methods described in Chem.Pharm.Bull., 1977, 25(6), 1368, compound II; J. Med. Chem., 1974, 17(1), 49; EP 85166454, example 1). The protected bromohydrines of formula (lid) may be obtained following methods described in US2004059116 example 9C, WO 2004/011416 example 2 and WO 2004/016578 Example 1ii. The oxyranes of formula (lie) may be obtained following methods described in WO 01036375, preparation 12; J. Med. Chem., 1974, 17(1), 55).
Many of these intermediates may also exist in an enantiomerically pure form (see, for ex., Organic Process Research & Development 1998, 2, 96; Tetrahedron Lett., 1994, 35(50), 9375; WO 02070490 example 1/X; EP 0147719).
As it has been explained before, the nature of the G2 group in the compounds of formula (III) depends on the coupling reaction followed to obtain compounds (I) of the present invention. Scheme 2 illustrates the interconversion of compounds of formula (III) having different G2 groups.
Figure imgf000016_0001
(III)
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000016_0002
Wherein G 1 R 1 n, m, p, q, r, and s are as defined above.
Hydrogenation of compounds of formula (Ilia) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OBz) yields alcohols of formula (HIg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH). The reaction can be carried out with a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide, in a solvent such as ethanol, methanol, ethyl acetate or dimethylformamide, at a temperature from room temperature to 7O0C, and at a pressure from 1 ,38-105 Pa to 2,76-105 Pa. Alcohols of formula (NIg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH) can react with benzyl bromide or benzyl chloride to give compounds of formula (Ilia) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OBz). The reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 10O0C.
Bromoderivatives of formula (MId) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-Br) can be obtained from alcohols of formula (lllg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH) by reaction with lithium bromide, phosphorus tribromide, hydrobromic acid, carbon tetrabromide or thionyl bromide, optionally with a catalyst such as triphenylphosphine, with a solvent such as pyridine, benzene, toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, acetonitrile, ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or acetone, and at temperature from O0C to the boiling point of the solvent.
Compounds of formula (Ilia) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OBz) can also be obtained from bromoderivatives of formula (llld) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-Br) and benzyl alcohol. The reaction can be carried out following the same experimental procedures described for the reaction of alcohols of formula (lllg) and benzyl bromide or benzyl chloride.
Alcohols of formula (lllg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH) can be converted to compounds of formula (lllb) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OMs) by reaction with methanesulfonyl chloride, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or pyridine, with a solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from O0C to the boiling point of the solvent.
Oxidation of bromoderivatives of formula (llld) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-Br) with an oxidant such as N-methylmorfoline N- oxide, 2-dimethylamino-N,N-dimethylaniline N-oxide, pyridine N-oxide or trimethylamine N-oxide gives compounds of formula (HIc) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -COH) . The reaction is carried out in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Aldehydes of formula (lllc) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -COH) can also be obtained by oxidation of alcohols of formula (IHg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O0C.
Alcohols of formula (HIg) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH) can also be synthesized by reduction of aldehydes of formula (lllc)
(corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -COH). The reaction can be carried out with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Bromoderivatives of formula (IHd) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-Br) and compounds of formula (lllb) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OMs) can react with potassium phtalimide to give compounds of formula (XIV). The reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile or tetrahydrofuran, optionally with a catalyst such as (n-hexadecyl)tri-n-butylphosphonium bromide, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
The reaction of compounds of formula (HIh) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group phthalimidomethyl) with hydrazine in a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from 50 to 90 0C gives amines of formula (lllf) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-NH2). Amines of formula (Wf) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-NH2) can also be obtained by alkylation of benzyl amine with bromoderivatives of formula (IHd) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-Br) or with compounds of formula (1Mb) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OMs), followed by a debenzylation process.
Alkylation of benzyl amine with compounds of formula (1Mb) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OMs) or with compounds of formula (Wd) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-Br) yields compounds of formula (We) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-NH-Bz). The reaction can be carried out in the presence of a base such as benzyl amine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or potassium carbonate, without solvent or in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, acetone, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, and at temperature from O0C to the boiling point of the solvent. The debenzylation process to give amines of formula (HIf) can be carried out with a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide, in a solvent such as ethanol, methanol, ethyl acetate, acetic acid or dimethylformamide, at a temperature from room temperature to 7O0C, and at a pressure from 1,38-105 Pa to 2,76-105 Pa.
Amines of formula (We) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-NH-Bz) can also be obtained from aldehydes of formula (Wc) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -COH) and benzyl amine. The reaction can be carried out with a hydride such as sodium borohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
In one alternative the compounds of formula (III)
Figure imgf000019_0001
<'"> are obtained starting from compounds of formula (XV)
Figure imgf000020_0001
(XV) wherein G1, G2, R4, q, r, s are as hereinabove defined and G4 is an halogen atom, preferably a bromine atom or a hydroxyl group through a variety of synthetic methods which are described below:
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000020_0002
wherein G1, R4, s, r and q are as hereinabove defined; x is equal to n-1 and; z is either equal to p when (Illc2) is used as a product of formula (III) to be condensed with the adrenergic moeity or equal to p+n-1 when product (XVIII) is used to be condensed with the adrenergic moeity to obtain a product of formula (I) wherein m is zero.
Compounds of formula (llld) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-Br) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (XVa) with dibromoderivatives of formula (XVI). The reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 1000C. Bromoderivatives of formula (llld) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-Br) can be converted to aldehydes of formula (Illc3) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -COH) by oxidation with an oxidant such as N-methylmorfoline N-oxide, 2-dimethylamino-N,N- dimethylaniline N-oxide, pyridine N-oxide or trimethylamine N-oxide. The reaction is carried out in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
The reaction of aldehydes of formula (Illc3) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -COH) with haloderivatives of formula (XIX) wherein X represents a halogen atom, such as chlorine, bromine or iodine,. and magnesium gives alcohols of formula (XX). The reaction can be carried out with a solvent such as ethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from -78° to 8O0C.
The reaction of alcohols of formula (XX) to yield ketones of formula (XXI) can be achieved by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O0C.
Ketones of formula (XXI) can be transformed to compounds of formula (XXII) by reaction with a fluorinated agent such as (diethylamino) sulfur trifluoride (DAST) or [di(methoxyethyl)amino] sulfur trifluoride, optionally in the presence of a solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, methanol, ethanol or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Alkenes of formula (XXX) can be converted to aldehydes of formula (Illc2) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -COH) by oxidation with sodium periodate or potassium periodate with a catalytic amount of osmium tetroxide. The reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, acetonitrile or water, or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from -780C to 1000C.
In another alternative the compounds of formula (III) wherein G1, R4, s, r and q are as hereinabove defined may be obtained following the method depicted in Scheme 4. Scheme 4
H2]q-O
Figure imgf000022_0001
The reaction of alcohols of formula (XVa) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (XV) wherein G4 is a group -OH) with 1 ,3-dibromopropane gives alkenes of formula (XXIII). The reaction can be carried out following the same experimental procedure described for the synthesis of compounds of formula (Wd2).
Alcohols of formula (Wg2) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH, m is O and p+n is 2) can be obtained from alkenes of formula (XXIII) by successive reaction with borane tetrahydrofuran complex or borane-methyl sulfide complex and hydrogen peroxide, in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, water or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from -780C to 10O0C.
The conversion of compounds of formula (Hlg2) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2. is a group -CH2-OH, m is O and p+n is 2) to aldehydes of formula (Illc4) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -COH, m is O and p+n is 2) can be achieved following by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O0C.
In still another alternative the compounds of formula (NIi) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -OH, G1, R4, s, r, q and p are as hereinabove defined and m and n are both 1) may be obtained following the method depicted in Scheme 5. Scheme 5
Figure imgf000023_0001
Compounds of formula (Illcδ) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CHO and m is O) can be converted to alcohols (Illg3) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH1 m is O) by reaction with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Alkenes of formula (XXXI) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (Hlg3) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH, m is 0) with 2-nitrophenyl selenocyanate and tributylphosphine, with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or dioxane, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent (see references Hart, D.J.; Kanai, K.-l.; J.Am.Chem.Soc. 1983, 105, 1255; Hart, D.J.; J.Org.Chem. 1981, 46, 3576). Alcohols of formula (XVIIb) can also react with p-toluensulfonyl chloride or methylsulfonyl chloride, in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, dioxane or methylene chloride, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent. The resulting intermediate reacts with a base such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give compounds of formula (XXXI). The reaction can be carried out without solvent or with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, dioxane or methylene chloride, and at a temperature from 20 to 25O0C.
Esters of formula (XXXIII) can be obtained by reaction of alkenes of formula (XXXI) with ethyl iododifluoroacetate in the presence of a metal such as zinc or copper optionally with a catalyst such as nickel chloride hexahydrate and water, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide or dioxane, and a temperature from 20 to 6O0C (see ref. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comm., 1992, 233).
The synthesis of alcohols of formula (Il!g4) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH, m is 1 and n is 1) from esters of formula (XXXIII) can be achieved by treatment with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Scheme 6
In another alternative method the compounds of formula (Illgδ) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G1, R4, s, r, q and m are as hereinabove defined, p is 1 m is 2 and n is 3 may be obtained following the method depicted in Scheme 6.
Figure imgf000024_0001
Alcohols of formula (IMg5) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH and p and q are 1) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (XXXIV) with bromoderivatives of formula (XVg) (corresponding to the compounds of general formula (XV) wherein G4 is a Br atom). The reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 10O0C.
Aldehydes of formula (Illc3) can be obtained from alcohols of formula (XXXV) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 1300C.
Aldehydes of formula (Illc6) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a -COH group, p is 1 and n is 1) can react with a phosphorane of formula (XXVIII) wherein R8 represents a C1-4 alkyl group and R9 represents a Ci-4 alkyl or a phenyl group to give esters of formula (XXXVI). The reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or toluene, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Hydrogenation of the compounds of formula (XXXVI) gives esters of formula (XXXVII). The reaction can be carried out with a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide, in a solvent such as ethanol, methanol, ethyl acetate or dimethylformamide, at a temperature from room temperature to 7O0C, and at a pressure from 1 ,38-105 Pa to 2,76-105 Pa.
Alcohols of formula (Illgβ) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH, p is 1 and n is 3 ) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (XXXVII) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent. In another alternative method the compounds of formula (III) wherein.G1and R4 are as hereinabove defined, p is 1 , r is zero, n is 3, q+s is 3 and G2 is a group -CH2-OH may be obtained following the method depicted in Scheme 7.
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000026_0001
(XXVIII)
Figure imgf000026_0002
Figure imgf000026_0004
Figure imgf000026_0003
wherein X represents a halogen atom, R8 represents a C1-4 alkyl group and R9 represents a C1-4 alkyl or a phenyl group.
Alcohols of formula (XXXIX) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (XXXIV) with haloderivatives of formula (XXXVIII). The reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 10O0C.
Aldehydes of formula (XL) can be obtained from alcohols of formula (XXXIX) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 1300C.
Aldehydes of formula (XL) can react with a phosphorane of formula (XXVIII) to give esters of formula (XLI). The reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or toluene, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Hydrogenation of the compounds of formula (XLI) gives esters of formula (XLII). The reaction can be carried out with a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide, in a solvent such as ethanol, methanol, ethyl acetate or dimethylformamide, at a temperature from room temperature to 7O0C, and at a pressure from 1,38-105 Pa to 2,76-105 Pa.
Alcohols of formula (Illg7) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-OH, q+s is 3, r is 0, p is 1 and n is 3) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (XLII) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
In another alternative the compounds of formula (Ilia)
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein G1, R4, n, m, p, q, r and s are as hereinabove defined (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-O-Bz), are obtained starting from compounds of formula (XLIII)
Figure imgf000027_0002
following the method described in Scheme 8 Scheme 8
p-[CH2]n-[CF2]m-[CH2]p-OH (XLIII)
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000028_0002
Alcohols of formula (XLIII) can be converted to compounds of formula (Ilia) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (III) wherein G2 is a group -CH2-O-Bz) by reaction with bromoderivatives of formula (XVb) in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 1000C.
The compounds of formula (XLIII) may be obtained following the synthetic methods of schemes 9 to 10 which are described below:
In one alternative the compounds of formula (XLIIIa) wherein _n and m are both 1 may be obtained following the method depicted in Scheme 9.
Scheme 9
Figure imgf000028_0003
ICF2-COOCH2CH3 (XXXII)
Figure imgf000028_0004
Compounds of formula (XLV) can be converted to alcohols (XLVI) by reaction with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Alkenes of formula (XLVII) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (XLVI) with 2-nitrophenyl selenocyanate and tributylphosphine, with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or dioxane, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent (see references Hart, D.J.; Kanai, K.-l.; J.Am.Chem.Soc. 1983, 105, 1255; Hart, DJ.; J.Org.Chem. 1981, 46, 3576).
Alcohols of formula (XLVI) can also react with p-toluensulfonyl chloride or methylsulfonyl chloride, in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, dioxane or methylene chloride, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent. The resulting intermediate reacts with a base such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine to give compounds of formula (XLVII). The reaction can be carried out without solvent or with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, dioxane or methylene chloride, and at a temperature from 20 to 25O0C.
Esters of formula (XLVIII) can be obtained by reaction of alkenes of formula (XLVII) with ethyl iododifluoroacetate (XXXII) in the presence of a metal such as zinc or copper optionally with a catalyst such as nickel chloride hexahydrate and water, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide or dioxane, and a temperature from 20 to 6O0C (see ref. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comm., 1992, 233).
The synthesis of alcohols of formula (XLIIIa) from esters of formula (XLVIII) can be achieved by treatment with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
In another alternative method the compounds of formula (XLIIIc) wherein m is as hereinabove defined and R8 represents a C1-4 alkyl group or a phenyl group, may be obtained following the method depicted in Scheme 10. Scheme 10
Figure imgf000030_0001
Alcohols of formula (XLIIIb) can be obtained by reaction of alcohols of formula (XXXIV) with benzyl bromide. The reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium hydride, optionally in the presence of a base transfer catalyst such as tetrabutylammonium bromide, with a solvent such as water, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from 20° to 1000C.
Aldehydes of formula (XLIX) can be obtained from alcohols of formula (XLIIIb) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O0C.
Aldehydes of formula (XLIX) can react with a phosphorane of formula (XXVIII) to give esters of formula (L). The reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or toluene, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Hydrogenation of the compounds of formula (L) gives esters of formula (Ll). The reaction can be carried out with a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide, in a solvent such as ethanol, methanol, ethyl acetate or dimethylformamide, at a temperature from room temperature to 7O0C, and at a pressure from 1 ,38-105 Pa to 2,76-105 Pa.
Alcohols of formula (XLIIIc) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (Ll) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
The compounds of formula (XV) may be obtained following the synthetic methods of schemes 11 to 13 which are described below:
Scheme 11
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein s and R4 are as hereinabove defined, G1 is selected from ° , hydrogen or halogen atoms or groups selected from Ci-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, S-R5, SO-R5 and SO2-R5 wherein R5 is a Ci-4 alkyl or C3.6 cycloalkyl.; R4 is selected from hydrogen atom, halogen atoms and Ci-4 alkyl groups and R7 is a Ci-4 alkyl group.
Compounds of formula (XXV) can be transformed to compounds of formula (XXVI) by reaction with a fluorinated agent such as (diethylamino) sulfur trifluoride (DAST) or
[di(methoxyethyl)amino] sulfur trifluoride, optionally in the presence of a solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, methanol, ethanol or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Alcohols of formula (XVa) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (XXVI) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Scheme 12
The alcohols of formula (XVc4) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (XV) wherein x is n-4 and G2 is a group -COH) can be obtained following scheme 12 wherein s, G1 and R4 are as hereinabove defined and x is either an integer from 1 to 3 when the reaction is stopped at product (XVa3) or x is 1 when the scheme is followed until the obtention of product (XVa4).
Alcohols of formula (XVa2) wherein x is at least 1 can be converted to aldehydes of formula (XVc2) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess- Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O0C. Aldehydes of formula (XVc2) can be transformed to alkenes of formula (XXVII) with Tebbe reagent or methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride or sodium amide with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, methylene chloride or dimethylsulfoxide, and at a temperature from -780C to 8O0C.
Alcohols of formula (XVa3) can be obtained from alkenes of formula (XXVII) by reaction with borane tetrahydrofuran complex or borane-methyl sulfide complex with hydrogen peroxide, in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, water or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and at a temperature from -780C to 1000C.
Alcohols of formula (XVa3) can be converted to aldehydes of formula (XVc3) by reaction with chromium trioxide, manganese dioxide, potassium dichromate, pyridinium chlorochromate, oxalyl chloride in dimethylsulfoxide or Dess-Martin reagent in a solvent such as pyridine, methylene chloride, chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile, and at a temperature from -78° to 13O0C.
Aldehydes of formula (XVc3) can react with a phosphorane of formula (XXVIII) wherein R8 is a C1-4 alkyl group and R9 is C1-4 alkyl or phenyl group to give esters of formula (XXIX). The reaction can be carried out in a solvent such as methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether or toluene, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Hydrogenation of the compounds of formula (XXIX) gives esters of formula (XXX). The reaction can be carried out with a catalyst such as palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide, in a solvent such as ethanol, methanol, ethyl acetate or dimethylformamide, at a temperature from room temperature to 7O0C, and at a pressure from 1 ,38-105 Pa to 2,76-105 Pa.
Alcohols of formula (XVa4) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (XXI) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent. Scheme 13
The alcohols of formula (XVa5) wherein s is zero and G1 and R4 are as hereinabove defined may be obtained following scheme 13.
Figure imgf000034_0001
Esters of formula (LVIII) can be obtained by reaction of phenyliodides of formula (LVI) with alkyl iodotetrafluoropropionate (LVII) wherein R7 is a Ci-4 alkyl group in the presence of copper optionally with a catalyst such as a palladium complex, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide or dioxane, and a temperature from 20 to 6O0C (see ref. Journal of Fluorine Chemistry, 2004, 125 (5), 763-765).
Alcohols of formula (XVa5) can be obtained by treatment of esters of formula (LVIII) with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
The alcohols of formula (XVa6) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (XV) wherein s is 0, r is 1 , q is 2, and G4 is a group -OH) and G1 and R4 are as hereinabove defined, can be obtained following scheme 14.
Scheme 14
Figure imgf000035_0001
(XVaδ)
The 3-chloro-i-phenylpropan-i-ones (LIX) are reacted with sodium or potassium acetate and sodium or potassium iodide in a solvent such as glacial acetic acid and a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent to yield the compounds of formula (LX).
Subsequent reaction of the compounds of formula (LX) with a fluorinating agent such as (diethylamino) sulfur trifluoride (DAST) or [di(methoxyethyl)amino] sulfur trifluoride (DEOXOFLUOR®), optionally in the presence of a solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, methanol, ethanol or tetrahydrofuran, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent yields the compounds of formula (XVd).
The hydrolysis of the ester group in the compounds of formula (XVd) in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium carbonate, optionally in the presence of a solvent such as ethanol, methanol or isopropyl alcohol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent, yields the alcohols of formula (XVa6).
The alcohols of formula (XVa7) (corresponding to compounds of general formula (XV) wherein q, r and s have all the value of 1, and G4 is a group -OH) and G1 and R4 are as hereinabove defined, can be obtained following scheme 15. Scheme 15
Figure imgf000036_0001
The 1-phenylethanones (LXI) are reacted with bromo(difluoro)acetate in the presence of Zn in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane or ethyl ether and at temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
The resulting compounds (LXII) are then reacted with CS2 in a solvent such as DMSO, DMF, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane and a temperature from room temperature to 6O0C and inert atmosphere to yield a thioacid (not shown) which upon reaction with methyl iodide or dimethylsulfate at room temperature yields the compounds of formula (LXIII).
In a subsequent step the compounds of formula (LXIII) are reacted with a diphenylphosphine oxide and tBuOOtBu (ditertbutyl peroxide) in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane or ethyl ether and at temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent to yield the compounds of formula (LXIV).
In a final step the compounds of formula (LXIV) are reacted with a hydride such as lithium aluminum hydride, sodium borohydride or diisobutylaluminum hydride in a solvent such as ethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or methanol, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent to yield the alcohols (XVa7). Compounds of formula (1Mb) wherein m, n, p, q, r and s are as hereinabove defined, R3 is a hydantoino group and R4 = hydrogen atom or C1-4 alkyl, can be obtained as shown in Scheme 16.
Scheme 16
(|||a2)
(Illa3)
(|||a5)
Figure imgf000037_0001
(Illa6)
Figure imgf000037_0002
Amines of formula (Wa3) can be obtained from compounds of formula (Nla2) by reaction with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or tert-butyl carbamate. The reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium ethoxide, potassium carbonate or sodium phenoxide, with a catalytic amount of a phosphine such as ditert-butylphosphine, tri-o-tolylphosphine or triphenylphosphine and a palladium catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium or tris(dibenzylideneacetone)- dipalladium(O), with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, toluene or benzene, and at a temperature from -780C to 8O0C. Amines of formula (Wa3) can be converted to compounds of formula (Illa4) by reaction with isocyanates of formula (LII) in a solvent such as toluene, benzene or dioxane, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent. Saponification of compounds of formula (Illa4) gives compounds of formula (Hla5). The reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, with a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, water or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Compounds of formula (Hla6) can be obtained by cyclization of compounds of formula (Wa5) with an acid such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid, with a solvent such as methanol, acetic acid, ethanol or water or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
Compounds of formula (Hla6) can be modified to the corresponding alcohol, bromoderivative, mesylate, aldehyde or aminoderivative, following the same pathway shown in Scheme 2.
Compounds wherein R4, m, n, p, q, r and s are as hereinabove defined and R3 is an amido group and G2 is either a -CH2-Br group (llld) or a benzyloxymethyl (Ilia) can be obtained as shown in Scheme 17.
Scheme 17
Figure imgf000038_0001
Compounds of formula (Illaδ) or (Wd4) can be obtained from compounds of formula (IHa7) or (Hld3) by procedures know described in the literature (Meyers A. I., Temple D. L., Haidukewych D., Mihelich E. D., J Org Chem, 1974, 39(18), 2787; Svenson R., Gronowitz S., Chem Scr, 1982, 19, 149; Meyers A. I., Lutomski K. A., Synthesis, 1983, 105).
The reaction of compounds of formula (Illaδ) or (Hld4) with phosphorus oxychloride gives nitriles of formula (Wa9) or (Wd5). The reaction can be carried out in the presence of a base such as pyridines, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine, with a solvent such as pyridine, benzene or toluene, and at temperature from room temperature to the boiling point of the solvent.
The synthesis of amides of formula (IHaIO) or (Illdδ) from nitriles of formula (IHa9) or (Hld5) can be achieved by reaction with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst such as Nickel-Raney, palladium on charcoal or platinum dioxide, with a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol or ethyl acetate, at a temperature from room temperature to 6O0C, and at a pressure from 1.38-105 Pa to 2,76 10s Pa.
Nitriles of formula (IUa9) or (Wd5) can also react with concentrated sulfuric acid to give amides of formula (HIaIO) or (Illdβ). The reaction can be carried out without solvent or with a solvent such as methanol, ethanol or isopropyl alcohol, and at a temperature from room temperature to 15O0C.
The reaction of nitriles of formula (Illa9) or (Hld5) with hydrogen peroxide can also afford amides of formula (HIaIO) or (Illd6). The reaction can be carried out in the presence of a base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or potassium carbonate, in a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, dimethylsulfoxide or acetone, and at a temperature from -20° to 1200C.
Derivatives of formula (IHaIO) can be converted to the corresponding alcohol, mesylate, aldehyde or amino derivative, following the same pathway shown in Scheme 2.
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R3 is an ureic group, P1 is an oxygen protecting group such as benzyl group, R4 is a hydrogen atom or a C1-4 alkyl group and R1, R2, n, m, p, q, r, and s are as hereinabove defined, can be obtained as shown in Scheme 16. Scheme 18
Figure imgf000040_0001
Amines of formula (LIV) can be obtained from compounds of formula (LIII) by reaction with lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide or tert-butyl carbamate, with a base such as sodium ethoxide, potassium carbonate or sodium phenoxide, with a catalytic amount of a phosphine such as ditert-butylphosphine, tri-o-tolylphosphine or triphenylphosphine and a palladium catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium or tris(dibenzylideneacetone)-dipalladium(0), with a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, toluene or benzene, and at temperature from -780C to 8O0C.
Amines of formula (LIV) can be converted to ureas of formula (LV) by reaction with potassium cyanate in the presence of an acid such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid in water, and at a temperature from O0C to 1000C.
Compounds of formula (III) wherein R3 is a group R5-SO- or R5-SO2- and G2, R4, n, m, p, q, r, and s are as hereinabove defined, can be obtained as shown in Scheme 19. Scheme 19
Figure imgf000041_0001
Thioethers of general formula (IMk) can be converted to sulfoxides of general formula (Him) and to sulfones of general formula (INn) by reaction with an oxidizing agent such as 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, magnesium monoperoxyphthalate or potassium peroxymonosulfate, in a solvent such as acetone, methylene chloride, methanol or ethanol, or a mixture of them, and at a temperature of from 1O0C to 4O0C.
Scheme 20
Compounds of formula (III) wherein R3 is a group R5Rδ-NSO2- and G2, R4, n, m, p, q, r, and s are as hereinabove defined, can be obtained as shown in Scheme 20.
The sulfoxides of formula (lllo) or (HIn) and the sulfones of formula (lilt) or (IHm) can be converted to sulfonamides of formula (Ills) only when R5 is a methyl group.
Figure imgf000042_0001
Conversion of sulfoxides of formula (IHo) into compounds of formula (lllp) can be carried out with sodium acetate and acetic anhydride, at a temperature from 100° to 16O0C.
Oxidation of compounds of formula (lllp) gives sulfones of formula (lllq). The reaction can be achieved using an oxidizing agent such as 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, magnesium monoperoxyphthalate or potassium peroxymonosulfate, in a solvent such as acetone, methylene chloride, methanol or ethanol, or a mixture of them, and at a temperature of from 100C to 4O0C.
Sulfones of formula (lllq) can be converted to compounds of formula (IHr). The reaction can be carried out with a base such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methanol or ethanol, or a mixture of them, and at a temperature from O0C to 8O0C.
Reaction of compounds of formula (lllr) with hydroxylamine-o-sulfonic acid gives sulfonamides of formula (Ills). The process can be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid or water, in the presence of sodium acetate, and at a temperature from O0C to 1000C.
Sulfonamides of formula (Ills) can also be obtained from sulfones of formula (lilt). In a first step, sulfones of formula (lilt) react with a magnesium derivative such as methylmagnesium chloride or ethyl magnesium chloride in the presence of a borane such as triethyl or tributylborane and at room temperature. The final sulfonamide is achieved in a solvent such as acetic acid or water, in the presence of sodium acetate, and at a temperature from O0C to 1000C.
EXAMPLES
General. Reagents, starting materials, and solvents were purchased from commercial suppliers and used as received. Concentration refers to evaporation under vacuum using a Bϋchi rotatory evaporator. Reaction products were purified, when necessary, by flash chromatography on silica gel (40-63 μm) with the solvent system indicated. Spectroscopic data were recorded on a Varian Gemini 300 spectrometer and a Varian Inova 400 spectrometer. Melting points were recorded on a Bϋchi 535 apparatus.
Intermediate 1. Ethyl 2,2-difluoro-4-phenylbutanoate
To a cooled solution of ethyl 2-oxo-4-phenylbutanoate (1.0 g, 4.85 mmol) in methylene chloride (10 mL) was added DAST (1.6 ml, 12.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crude reaction was diluted with methylene chloride (10 mL), washed with saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (2 x 10 mL) and water (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained as brown oil (1.02 g, 91%).
Intermediate 2. 2,2-Difluoro-4-phenylbutan-1-ol
To a cooled solution of Intermediate 1 (1.0 g, 4.45 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was added lithium aluminum hydride (0.22 g, 5.78 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. To the crude reaction was added water (0.3 mL), 4N sodium hydroxide (0.3 mL) and water (0.9 mL). The resulting solid was filtered through Celite and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with methylene chloride (20 mL) and washed with water (10 mL), 2N hydrochloric acid (2 x 10 mL) and water (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated. The title compound was obtained as brown oil (0.6 g, 72%).
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 2.10-2.35 (m, 2H); 2.75-2.85 (m, 2H); 3.75 (t, JF-H=14.0 Hz, 2H); 7.15-7.25 (m, 3H); 7.25-7.35 (m, 2H). Intermediate 3. {4-[(6-Bromohexyl)oxy]-3,3-difluorobutyl}benzene To a solution of Intermediate 2 (0.60 g, 3.22 mmol) in 1,6-dibromohexane (1.74 ml_, 11.27 mmol) was added tetrabutylammonium bromide (21 mg, 0.064 mmol) and 50% sodium hydroxide (1.2 ml_). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crude reaction was diluted with n-hexane (20 ml_), washed with water (2 x 10 ml_), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained (2.1 g, 52% purity) and was used in the next step without further purification.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.30-1.50 (m, 4H); 1.50-1.65 (m, 2H); 1.70-1.90 (m, 2H); 2.15-2.35 (m, 2H); 2.75-2.90 (m, 2H); 3.35-3.45 (m, 2H); 3.45-3.70 (m, 4H); 7.15-7.25 (m, 3H); 7.25-7.35 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 4. (7?,S>2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -(2,2- dimethyl-4H-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol
To a solution of Intermediate 3 (0.385 g, 0.57 mmol of pure compound) in dimethylformamide (15 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.31 g, 2.28 mmol) and f/?,S;-2-amino-1-(2,2-dimethyl-4/-/-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol (0.26 g, 1.14 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 8O0C for 66 hours. The crude reaction was filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography with silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (from 98:2 to 95:5), to give (R, Sj- 2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6- yl)ethanol (0.2 g, 71%) as brown oil. MS (M+): 491
EXAMPLE 1. ^/?,S;-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-DifIuoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy- ethy!)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000044_0001
A solution of Intermediate 4 (0.20 g, 0.4 mmol) in a mixture of acetic acid (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was heated at 7O0C for 3 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography with silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (80:15:1.5) to give (R,S)-4-(2-{[6- (2,2-difluoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (104 mg, 57%) as oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, dimethylsulfoxide-D6); 1.25-1.31 (m, 4H); 1.34-1.41 (m, 2H); 1.47- 1.54 (m, 2H); 2.12-2.25 (m, 2H); 2.54-2.57 (m, 4H); 2.71-2.75 (m, 2H); 3.47 (t, J=6.4 Hz1 2H); 3.66 (t, JF.H =13.3 Hz, 2H); 4.45-4.50 (m, 4H); 4.90-4.92 (m, 1H); 4.99 (bs, 1H); 6.68 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H); 6.97 (dd, J,=8.3 Hz, J2=2.1 Hz, 1H); 7.17-7.31 (m, 6H); 9.14 (bs, 1H). MS (M+): 451.
Intermediate 5. Ethyl difluoro(phenyl)acetate
Obtained from ethyl (phenyl)(oxo)acetate (7.5 ml_, 47 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and n- hexane/ethyl acetate (from pure n-hexane to 10:1) as eluent gave the title compound (13.2 g, 70%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.30 (t, J=I Λ Hz, 3H); 4.30 (q, J=I Λ Hz, 2H); 7.43-7.51 (m, 3H); 7.61-7.63 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 6. 2,2-DifIuoro-2-phenylethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 5 (13.2 g, 66 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 2. The title compound was obtained (6.88 g, 66%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 4.00 (t, JF-H=13.5 Hz1 2H); 7.45-7.48 (m, 3H); 7.50-7.54 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 7. {2-[(6-Bromohexyl)oxy]-1,1-difluoroethyl}benzene
Obtained from Intermediate 6 (6.88 g, 43.5 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 3. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and n-hexane/ethyl acetate (10:1) as eluent gave the title compound (10.9 g, 78%) as oil. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.40-1.60 (m, 2H); 1.78-1.90 (m, 4H); 3.36-3.44 (m, 4H);
3.52 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.84 (t, JF-H=13.2 Hz1 2H); 7.43-7.46 (m, 3H); 7.50-7.54 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 8. 2-[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]-1 H-isoindole-1 ,3(2W)-dione
To a solution of Intermediate 7 (10.9 g, 34 mmol) in dimethylformamide (23 mL) was added potassium phthalimide (7.56 g, 40.8 mmol) and a catalytic amount of (n- hexadecyl)tri-n-butylphosphonium bromide. The mixture was heated at 7O0C for 3 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride yielded the title compound (6.41 g, 49%) as oil. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.28-1.33 (m, 4H); 1.51-1.56 (m, 2H); 1.62-1.66 (m, 2H); 3.50 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.63-3.68 (m, 2H); 3.82 (t, JF-W=13.2 Hz, 2H); 7.42-7.44 (m, 3H); 7.49-7.52 (m, 2H); 7.69-7.72 (m, 2H); 7.83-7.86 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 9. [6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amine
To a solution of Intermediate 8 (6.41 g, 16.5 mmol) in ethanol (50 m!_) was added hydrazine monohydrate (12 mL, 247 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, concentrated, and the residue was triturated with isopropyl alcohol. The resulting solid was filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography with silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (80:8:1) to give the title compound (2.31 g, 54%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.27-1.32 (m, 4H); 1.39-1.44 (m, 2H); 1.53-1.58 (m, 2H); 2.66 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H); 3.52 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.84 (t, JF.H =13.2 Hz, 2H); 7.43-7.46 (m, 3H); 7.51-7.54 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 10. (R1S)-I -[4-(Benzyloxy)-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]-2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro- 2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}ethanol
A solution of Intermediate 9 (0.71 g, 2.77 mmol) and 4-(benzyloxy)-3- (hydroxymethyl)phenyl](oxo)acetaldehyde (0.75 g, 2.77 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (8 mL) and methanol (8 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solution was cooled to O0C and sodium borohydride (0.25 g, 6.65 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. Water was added (2 mL) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with methylene chloride (20 mL) and water. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 10 mL), saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (2 x 10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. (/^SJ-i-^BenzyloxyJ-S- (hydroxymethyl)phenyl]-2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}ethanol was obtained (1.43 g, 100%) as oil. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.25-1.35 (m, 4H); 1.40-1.60 (m, 5H); 2.57-2.64 (m, 3H);
2.82-2.84 (m, 1H); 3.53 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H); 3.79-3.88 (m, 2H); 4.60-4.70 (m, 1H); 4.73 (s, 2H); 5.12 (s, 2H); 5.30-5.32 (m, 1H); 6.92 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 7.26-7.50 (m, 10H). EXAMPLE 2. f/?,S>4-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy- ethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000047_0001
To a solution of Intermediate 10 (1.43 g, 2.78 mmol) in methanol (100 ml.) was added palladium on charcoal (150 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 20 psi for 6 hours. The catalyst was filtered through Celite and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography eluting with methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (40:8:1) to give CR,Sj-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2- phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (0.75 g, 64%) as oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CI3CD): 1.25-1.33 (m, 4H); 1.41-1.47 (m, 2H); 1.50-1.56 (m, 2H);
2.51-2.74 (m, 4H); 3.51 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H); 3.79 (bs, 4H); 3.84 (t, JF-H=13.1 HZ, 2H); 4.54 (dd, J,=8.8 Hz, J2=3.7 Hz, 1H); 4.72 (s, 2H); 6.77 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 6.93 (s, 1 H); 7.08 (dd, J,=8.2 Hz, J2=2.0 Hz, 1H); 7.42-7.44 (m, 3H); 7.50-7.52 (m, 2H). MS (M+): 423.
Intermediate 11. [4-(Allyloxy)butyl]benzene
To a solution of 4-phenylbutan-1-ol (0.60 g, 3.99 mmol) in 1 ,3-dibromopropane (2.14 mL, 10.60 mmol) was added tetrabutylammonium bromide (20 mg, 0.064mmol) and 50% sodium hydroxide (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crude reaction was diluted with n-hexane (20 mL) and washed with water (2 x 10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The title compound (1.90 g, 92% purity) was obtained by distillation of the residue under reduced pressure and was used in the next step without further purification.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.50-1.80 (m, 4H); 2.50-2.70 (m, 2H); 3.35-3.45 (m, 2H); 3.90-4.00 (m, 2H); 5.10-5.35 (m, 2H); 5.80-6.00 (m, 1H); 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H); 7.20-7.35 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 12. 3-(4-Phenylbutoxy)propan-1-ol
A solution of Intermediate 11 (0.40 g, 2.10 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was cooled to O0C. A 0.5 M solution of BBN (5 mL, 2.52 mmol) in THF was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred 1 hour at O0C and 2 hours at room temperature. A solution of 2M NaOH (1 mL) and hydrogen peroxide (1 mL, 35%) was successively added and the mixture stirred 1 hour at room temperature. The solution was then concentrated and the residue dissolved in ether (25 ml_), washed with water (2 x 15 mL) and brine (15 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification of the residue by column chromatography on silica gel (hexane/AcOEt, 6:1) afforded the title compound (0.24 g, 55%) as oil. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.50-1.75 (m, 4H); 1.75-1.90 (m, 2H); 2.55-2.70 (m, 2H);
3.35-3.50 (m, 2H); 3.60 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 3.70-3.85 (m, 2H); 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H); 7.20-7.35 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 13. 3-(4-Phenylbutoxy)propionaldehyde To a solution of Intermediate 12 (1.0 g, 4.8 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 mL) was added Dess-
Martin periodinane (2.4 g, 5.76 mmol) and the reaction was stirred 2 hours at room temperature. The solution was then diluted with CH2CI2 (40 mL), washed with water (2 x 20 mL), saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (2 x 20 mL), and water (20 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (methylene chloride/acetone, 20:1) to afford the title compound (580 mg, 58%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz1 CDCI3): 1.50-1.75 (m, 4H); 2.55-2.75 (m, 4H); 3.35-3.50 (m, 2H); 3.70-3.80 (m, 2H); 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H); 7.20-7.35 (m, 2H); 9.80 (bs, 1H).
Intermediate 14. 1-(4-Phenylbutoxy)hept-6-en-3-ol A solution of Intermediate 13 (0.55 g, 2.66 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was cooled to -3O0C. To this solution a 0.5 M solution of 3-butenylmagnesium bromide (5.8 mL, 2.92 mmol) in THF was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred 2 hours at - 3O0C. The reaction was allowed to reach room temperature; acetic acid (0.1mL) was added and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/acetone (20:1) as eluent afforded the title compound (410 mg, 54%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.40-1.80 (m, 8H); 2.00-2.15 (m, 2H); 2.55-2.70 (m, 2H); 3.15-3.25 (bs, 1H); 3.35-3.50 (m, 2H); 3.75-3.85 (m, 1H); 4.90-5.10 (m, 2H); 5.75-2.95 (m, 1H); 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H); 7.20-7.35 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 15. 1-(4-Phenylbutoxy)hept-6-en-3-one
Obtained from Intermediate 14 (0.41 g, 1.56 mmol) by the procedure described for the Intermediate 13. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/acetone (20:1) as eluent gave the title compound (0.36 g, 88%) as oil. Intermediate 16. {4-[(3,3-Difluorohept-6-en-1-yl)oxy]butyl}benzene
To a cooled solution of Intermediate 15 (0.36 g, 1.36 mmol) in methylene chloride (1 mL) was added DAST (0.8 ml, 6.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crude reaction was diluted with methylene chloride (10 mL), washed with saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (2 x 5 mL) and water (5 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using methylene chloride/acetone (20:1) as eluent. The title compound was obtained (110 mg, 27%) as brown oil.
Intermediate 17. 4,4-Difluoro-6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexanal
Intermediate 16 (110 mg, 0.39 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (3 mL) and water (1 mL). To this solution was added sodium metaperiodate (272 mg, 1.27 mmol) and osmium tetroxide (4% water solution, 0.15 ml). The suspension was stirred 12 hours at room temperature, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using methylene chloride/acetone (10:1) as eluent, to afford the title compound (89 mg, 81%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.50-1.75 (m, 4H); 2.00-2.30 (m, 4H); 2.55-2.70 (m, 4H); 3.40 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 3.55 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 2H); 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H); 7.20-7.35 (m, 2H); 9.80 (bs, 1H).
Intermediate 18. (7?,S>2-{[4,4-Difluoro-6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -(2,2- dimethyl-4W-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol
To a solution of Intermediate 17 (80 mg, 0.28 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added acetic acid (0.1 mL), molecular sieves (150 mg) and (f?,Sj-2-amino-1-(2,2-dimethyl-4/7-1 ,3- benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol (125 mg, 0.56 mmol). The mixture was stirred 12 hours at room temperature, then sodium cyanoborohydride (21 mg, 0.33 mmol) was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in methylene chloride (10 mL) and washed with brine (3 x 2 mL), water (2 x 2 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated. The residue (200 mg) was used without further purification in the next step. MS (M+): 491 EXAMPLE 3. fR,S>4-(2-{[4,4-Difluoro-6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -hydroxy- ethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000050_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 18 (0.20 g, 0.4 mmol) by the procedure described in Example 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (80:15:1.5) gave (7?,S,)-4-(2-{[4,4-difluoro-6-(4- phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (69 mg, 38%) as oil. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, dimethylsulfoxide-D6), 1.26-1.31 (m, 4H); 1.35-1.41 (m, 2H); 1.46- 1.55 (m, 2H); 2.12-2.25 (m, 2H); 2.54-2.58 (m, 4H); 2.71-2.75 (m, 2H); 3.47 (d, J=6.4 Hz1 2H); 3.65 (t, JF-W=13.5 Hz, 2H); 4.45-4.50 (m, 4H); 4.91 (bs, 1H); 5.00 (bs, 1 H); 6.7 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H); 6.97 (dd, J,=7.9 Hz, J2=1.7 Hz1 1H); 7.19-7.31 (m, 6H); 9.17 (bs, 1 H). MS (M+): 452.
Intermediate 19. Difluoro(phenyl)acetaldehyde
Obtained from Intermediate 6 (1.0 g, 6.3 mmol) by the procedure described for the Intermediate 13. The title compound was obtained (0.88 g, 86%) as oil.
Intermediate 20. Ethyl (2E)-4,4-difluoro-4-phenylbut-2-enoate
Intermediate 19 (0.88 g, 5.64 mmol) was dissolved in THF (12 ml.) and
(carbethoxymethylene) triphenylphosphorane (1.96 g, 5.64 mmol) was then added. The solution was stirred at 5O0C for 12 hours. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using n-hexane/AcOEt (5:1) as eluent. The title compound was obtained (1.10 g, 89%) as pale yellow oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.45 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); 4.45 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H); 6.45 (d, JF.H =18 Hz, 1H); 7.15-7.30 (m, 1H); 7.60-7.70 (m, 3H); 7.70-7.75 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 21. Ethyl 4,4-difluoro-4-phenylbutanoate
A solution of Intermediate 20 (1 g, 4.42 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was hydrogenated in the presence of palladium on charcoal (10 mg, 10%) for 3 hours. The mixture was then filtered over Celite and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue (0.91 g) was used in the next step without further purification. Intermediate 22. 4,4-Difluoro-4-phenylbutan-1-ol
Obtained from Intermediate 21 (0.9 g, 4.1 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 2. The title compound was obtained as oil (0.65 g, 85%).
1H-NMR (300 MHz1 CDCI3): 1.50-1.75 (m, 2H); 2.10-2.30 (m, 2H); 3.55-3.65 (m, 2H); 7.15-7.45 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 23. {4-[(6-Bromohexyl)oxy]-1 ,1 -difluorobutyl}benzene
Obtained from Intermediate 22 (0.6 g, 3.22 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 3. The title compound was obtained (1.98 g, 63% purity) as oil.
Intermediate 24. f/?,S>2-{[6-(4,4-Difluoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-(2,2- dimethyl-4H-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 23 (0.4 g, 0.6 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 4. The title compound was obtained (0.21 g, 70%) as oil. MS (M+): 491
EXAMPLE 4. ^/?,S;-4-(2-{[6-(4,4-DifIuoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy- ethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000051_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 24 (0.2 g, 0.4 mmol) by the procedure described in
Example 1. The title compound was obtained (98 mg, 51%) as oil.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, dimethylsulfoxide-D6); 1.25-1.31 (m, 4H); 1.34-1.41 (m, 2H); 1.47- 1.54 (m, 2H); 2.12-2.25 (m, 2H); 2.54-2.57 (m, 4H); 2.71-2.75 (m, 2H); 3.47 (t, J=6.4 Hz1 2H); 3.66 (t, JF-H =13.3 HZ, 2H); 4.45-4.50 (m, 4H); 4.90-4.92 (m, 1 H); 4.99 (bs, 1H); 6.68 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H); 6.97 (dd, J,=8.3 Hz, J2=2.1 Hz, 1H); 7.17-7.31 (m, 6H); 9.14 (bs, 1 H). MS (M+): 451
Intermediate 25. (R,S>8-(Benzyloxy)-5-(1 -{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-2-{[6-{2,2- difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}ethyl)quinolin-2(1W)-one To a solution of Cf?,S;-8-(benzyloxy)-5-(2-bromo-1-{[fert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} ethyl)quinolin-2(1H)-one (1.58 g, 3.25 mmol) and Intermediate 9 (1.0 g, 3.9 mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (4.5 mL) was added sodium bicarbonate (0.82 g, 9.7 mmol) and sodium iodide (0.73 m, 4.87 mmol). The mixture was heated at 14O0C for 2 hours. After cooling, the reaction was diluted with water (20 ml.) and extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 5 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained (2.14 g, 99%) as oil. MS (M+): 664
Intermediate 26. (rR,S>8-(Benzyloxy)-5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]- amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)quinolin-2(1/y)-one
To a solution of Intermediate 25 (2.14 g, 3.21 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added tetra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride (1.68 g, 6.42 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure.
Purification by column chromatography using methylene chloride/methanol (from 95:5 to
85:15) as eluent gave ff?,S/)-8-(benzyloxy)-5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]- amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)quinolin-2(1H)-one (1.27 g, 72%) as oil. MS (M+): 550
EXAMPLE 5. (/?,Sj-5-(2-{[6-(2,2-Dmuoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy- ethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1W)-one
Figure imgf000052_0001
To a solution of Intermediate 26 (1.27 g, 2.3 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) was added 20% palladium on charcoal (300 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated at 30 psi for 3 hours. The catalyst was filtered through Celite and the solvent concentrated. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (from 80:8:1 to 40:8:1) to give fR,S;-5-(2-{[6-(2,2- difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one (0.44 g, 41%) as oil.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, dimethylsulfoxide-D6): 1.14-1.21 (m, 2H); 1.28-1.65 (m, 6H); 2.61- 2.72 (m, 2H); 3.14-3.18 (m, 2H); 3.90 (t, JF-H=13.9 Hz, 2H); 4.96 (dd, J,=8.2 Hz, J2=4.3 Hz, 1H); 6.55 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 7.00 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 7.47-7.54 (m, 5H); 8.16 (d, ./=9.8 Hz1 1H). MS (M+): 496 Intermediate 27. Ethyl (3-methylphenyl)(oxo)acetate
A suspension of selenium dioxide (6.82 g, 61.4 mmol) in ethanol (60 mL) was refluxed for 10 minutes and then, 2-bromo-1-/n-tolylethanone (13.1 g, 61.4 mmol) was added. The mixture was refluxed overnight. The cooled reaction was filtered through Celite and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL), washed with water (2 x 25 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel using methylene chloride as eluent gave the title compound (9.6 g, 81 %) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.43 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); 2.43 (s, 3H); 4.46 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H); 7.38-7.49 (m, 2H); 7.79-7.81 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H).
Intermediate 28. Ethyl difluoro(3-methylphenyl)acetate
Obtained from Intermediate 27 (9.6 g, 50 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 1. Ethyl difluoro(3-methylphenyl)acetate was obtained (8.55 g, 80%) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.43 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); 2.43 (s, 3H); 4.46 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H);
7.25-7.61 (m, 4H).
Intermediate 29. 2,2-Difluoro-2-(3-methylphenyl)ethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 28 (9.5 g, 40 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 2. The title compound was obtained (5.55 g, 80%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 2.43 (s, 3H); 4.00 (t, JF-H=13.5 Hz, 2H); 7.25-7.35 (m, 4H).
Intermediate 30. 1-{2-[(6-Bromohexyl)oxy]-1,1-difluoroethyl}-3-methylbenzene
Obtained from Intermediate 29 (5.55 g, 32.2 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 3. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and n-hexane/ethyl acetate (from pure n-hexane to 10:1) as eluent gave the title compound (10.99 g, 100%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.40-1.60 (m, 2H); 1.81-1.91 (m, 4H); 2.39 (s, 3H); 3.36- 3.43 (m, 4H); 3.53 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.82 (t, JF-H=13.2 HZ, 2H); 7.24-7.26 (m, 1H); 7.31- 7.32 (m, 3H)
Intermediate 31. 2-{6-[2,2-Difluoro-2-(3-methylphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}-1 W-isoindole- 1,3(2W)-dione Obtained from Intermediate 30 (8.77 g, 26.2 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 8. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride as eluent gave the title compound (4.0 g, 40%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.28-1.33 (m, 4H); 1.51-1.56 (m, 2H); 1.62-1.66 (m, 2H); 2.39 (s, 3H); 3.51 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.63-3.68 (m, 2H); 3.81 (t, JF-w=13.2 Hz, 2H); 7.30-
7.31 (m, 4H); 7.70-7.73 (m, 2H); 7.83-7.86 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 32. {6-[2,2-Difluoro-2-(3-methylphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amine
Obtained from Intermediate 31 (4.0 g, 14.4 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 9. {6-[2,2-Difluoro-2-(3-methylphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amine was obtained (1.93 g, 50%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.29-1.32 (m, 4H); 1.37-1.44 (m, 2H); 1.52-1.58 (m, 2H); 2.39 (S, 3H); 2.66 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H); 3.53 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.83 (t, JF-W=13.2 Hz, 2H); 7.30-
7.32 (m, 4H). MS (M+): 271
Intermediate 33. (R1S)-I -[4-(Benzyloxy)-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]-2-({6-[2,2-difluoro- 2-(3-methylphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)ethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 32 (0.50 g, 1.85 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 10. ff?,S;-1-[4-(Benzyloxy)-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]-2-({6-[2,2-difluoro-2-(3- methylphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)ethanol was obtained (0.98 g, 100%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.31-1.33 (m, 4H); 1.43-1.56 (m, 5H); 2.39 (s, 3H); 2.61- 2.67 (m, 3H); 2.83-2.88 (m, 1H); 3.53 (t, >6. 5 Hz, 2H); 3.82 (t, JF.H=13.3 HZ, 2H); 4.62- 4.66 (m, 1 H); 4.74 (s, 2H); 5.12 (s, 2H); 6.92 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 7.31-7.43 (m, 11 H).
EXAMPLE 6. ^/?,S;-4-[2-({6-[2,2-Difluoro-2-(3-methylphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1- hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000054_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 33 (0.98 g, 1.85 mmol) by the procedure described in Example 2. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel, using with methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (40:8:1) as eluent gave (R,SJ-4-[2-({6-[2,2-difluoro-
2-(3-methylphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1-hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (0.44 g,
55%) as oil. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD), 1.25-1.33 (m, 4H); 1.43-1.56 (m, 4H); 2.39 (s, 3H); 2.58- 2.70 (m, 4H); 2.76-2.82 (m, 2H); 2.98 (m, 4H); 3.52 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.82 (t, JF-W=13.5 Hz, 2H); 4.57-4.60 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.77 (s, 2H); 6.81 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H); 7.0 (s, 1H); 7.12 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H); 7.26-7.27 (m, 1H); 7.30-7.32 (m, 3H). MS (M+): 437.
Intermediate 34. (/?)-5-(2,2-Dimethyl-4H-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-1 ,3-oxazolidin-2-one
To a solution of (f?)-2-amino-1-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol (2.53 g, 11.3 mmol) in chloroform (12 ml.) was added carbonyldiimidazol (2.75 g, 17 mmol) and triethylamine (2.37 ml_, 17 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue diluted with ethyl acetate (25 ml_). The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 10 ml_), brine (10 ml_), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent reduced under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and n-hexane/ethyl acetate (1 :2) as eluent yielded the title compound (1.63 g, 51%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.55 (s, 6 H); 3.54 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H); 3.94 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H); 4.86 (s, 2H); 5.10 (bs, 1H); 5.56 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H); 6.85 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); 7.04-7.07 (m, 1H); 7.15-7.18 (m, 1H).
Intermediate 35. ^>3-[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]-5-(2,2-dimethyl-4W-1,3- benzodioxin-6-yl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one
To a cooled suspension of 60% sodium hydride (0.37 g, 9.27 mmol) in dimethylformamide (7.5 ml.) was added a solution of Intermediate 34 (1.65 g, 6.62 mmol) in dimethylformamide (15 ml_). The mixture was stirred at O0C for 1 hour. Then, a solution of Intermediate 7 (3.19 g, 9.93 mmol) in dimethylformamide (9 mL) was added at the same temperature. The mixture was heated to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The crude reaction was cooled to O0C and then 2N HCI (1.5 mL) and water (20 mL) were added. The solution was extracted with ethyl ether (2 x 20 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with n- hexane/ethyl acetate (1:1) gave (7?/-3-[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]-5-(2,2- dimethy!-4/7-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-1 ,3-oxazolidin-2-one (1.5 g, 46%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.26-1.53 (m, 6H); 1.55 (s, 6H); 3.18-3.44 (m, 5H); 3.52 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H); 3.79-3.9 (m, 3H); 4.12 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 1 H); 4.84 (s, 2H); 5.37-5.44 (m, 1H); 6.84 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); 7.00 (s, 1H); 7.12 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); 7.41-7.46 (m, 3H); 7.50-7.53 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 36. f 7/?;-2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -(2,2- dimethyl-4H-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol
To a solution of Intermediate 35 (1.5 g, 3.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) was added potassium trimethylsilanolate (1.54 g, 12 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 7O0C under inert atmosphere for 2 hours. To the cooled reaction mixture was added saturated solution of ammonium chloride (60 mL). The suspension was extracted with methylene chloride (2 x 30 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 25 mL) and brine (25 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (100:8:1) as eluent. The title compound was obtained (900 mg, 65%) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.2-1.32 (m, 6H); 1.53 (s, 6H); 2.58-2.69 (m, 5H); 2.83-
2.88 (m, 1H); 3.52 (t, J=6.5 Hz1 2H); 3.84 (t, JF-H=13.2 Hz, 1H); 4.09-4.13 (m, 1 H); 4.58- 4.61 (m, 1H); 4.84 (s, 2H); 6.78 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); 7.01 (s, 1H); 7.12 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); 7.42-7.44 (m, Λ=4.9 Hz, J2 =2.2 Hz, 3H); 7.50-7.51 (m, J=3.3 Hz, 2H)
EXAMPLE 7. 4-((f/?;-2-{[6-(2)2-Dffluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1- hydroxyethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000056_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 35 (0.90 g, 1.94 mmol) by the procedure described in Example 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (40:8:1) as eluent gave 4-(f7RJ-2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-
2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (0.44 g, 55%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD), 1.27-1.31 (m, 4H); 1.41-1.57 (m, 4H); 2.18 (bs, 2H); 2.55.2.68 (m, 4H); 2.77-2.82 (m, 1H); 3.50 (s, 1H); 3.52 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H); 3.84 (t, JF.
„=13.3 Hz, 2H); 4.58 (dd, J,=9.2 Hz, J2=3.4 Hz, 1 H); 4.83 (d, 2H); 6.84 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H);
7.02 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H); 7.16 (dd, J1=BA Hz, J2=2.1 Hz, 1H); 7.42-7.44 (m, 3H); 7.50-7.54
(m, 2H). MS (M+): 423.
Intermediate 37. 2,2,3,3-Tetrafluoro-4-{[(2E)-3-phenylprop-2-en-1-yl]oxy}butan-1-ol
To a solution 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1,4-butanediol (2.0 g, 12.3 mmol) in dimethylformamide (30 mL) was added 60% sodium hydride (0.140 g, 18.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.30 hours. Then, a solution of cinnamyl bromide (3.2 g, 12.3 mmol) in dimethylformamide (40 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and concentrated. The residue was dissolved with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with water (2 x 25 mL) and brine (25 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and n-hexane/ethyl acetate (from pure n-hexane to 5:1) gave the title compound (1.8 g, 54%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz1 CDCI3): 2.78-3.18 (bs, 1H); 3.80-4.05 (m, 4H); 4.28 (d, J=9Hz, 2H); 6.18-6.32 (m, 1H); 6.58-6.62 (m, 1H); 7.20-7.35 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 38. 2,2,3,3-Tetrafluoro-4-{[(2E)-3-phenylprop-2-en-1-yl]oxy}butanal
Obtained from Intermediate 37 (1.80 g, 6.47mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 13. 2,2,3,3-Tetrafluoro-4-{[(2£)-3-phenylprop-2-en-1-yl]oxy}butanal was obtained (1.37 g, 77%) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 3.80-4.05 (m, 4H); 4.20-4.40 (m, 2H); 6.18-6.32 (m, 1H);
6.58-6.62 (t, JF-w=18Hz, 1 H); 7.20-7.35 (m, 5H); 9.50 (bs, 1 H).
Intermediate 39. Ethyl (2£)-4,4,5,5-tetrafluoro-6-{[(2E)-3-phenylprop-2-en-1-yl]oxy}- hex-2-enoate Obtained from Intermediate 38 (1.37 g, 4.96 mmol) by the procedure described in
Intermediate 20. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel using n- hexane/ethyl acetate (15:1) as eluent gave the title compound (1.2 g, 70%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.20-1.35 (m, 3H); 3.80-4.05 (m, 2H); 4.20-4.40 (m, 4H); 5.90-6.10 (q, JF-H=13.5Hz, 1H); 6.20-6.38 (m, 2H); 6.60-6.70 (m, 1H); 7.21-7.31 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 40. Ethyl 4,4,5,5-tetrafluoro-6-(3-phenylpropoxy)hexanoate
Obtained from Intermediate 39 (1.2 g, 3.46 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 21. Ethyl 4,4,5,5-tetrafluoro-6-(3-phenylpropoxy)hexanoate was obtained (1.0 g, 82%) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.22 (t, J=9Hz, 3H); 1.83-1.95 (m, 2H); 2.30-2.55 (m, 2H); 2.70-2.63 (m, 2H); 2.65-2.80 (m, 2H); 3.50-3.60 (m, 2H); 3.80-3.95 (q, JF-H=18.0 Hz1 2H); 4.10-4.20 (m, 2H);7.15-7.25 (m, 3H); 7.25-7.41 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 41. 4,4,5,5-Tetrafluoro-6-(3-phenylpropoxy)hexan-1-ol
Obtained from Intermediate 40 (1.0 g, 2.85 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 2. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and n-hexane/ethyl acetate (from 10:1 to 5:1) as eluent gave the title compound (0.68 g, 82%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.70-2.01 (m, 4H); 2.05-2.15 (m, 2H); 2.65-2.75 (m, 2H); 3.50-3.60 (m, 2H); 3.62-3.75 (m, 2H); 3.78-3.95 (t, JF-w=18.0 Hz, 2H); 7.05-7.20 (m, 3H); 7.20-7.35 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 42. 4,4,5,5-Tetrafluoro-6-(3-phenylpropoxy)hexanal
Obtained from Intermediate 41 (0.68 g, 2.20 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 13. 4,4,5,5-Tetrafluoro-6-(3-phenylpropoxy)hexanal was obtained (0.32 g, 47%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.80-2.00 (m, 2H); 2.25-2.55 (m, 2H); 2.65-2.85 (m, 4H); 3.50-3.65 (m, 2H); 3.75-3.95 (t, JF-w=18.0 Hz, 2H); 7.05-7.20 (m, 3H); 7.20-7.35 (m, 2H); 9.80 (bs, 1 H).
Intermediate 43. (R1S)-I -(2,2-Dimethyl-4H-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-2-{[4,4,5,5- tetrafluoro-6-(3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino}ethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 42 (0.32 g, 1.05 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 18. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/triethylamine (100:1) as eluent gave the title compound (0.17 g, 32%) as oil. MS (M+): 513
EXAMPLE 8. (/?,S)-2-(Hydroxymethyl)-4-(1 -hydroxy-2-{[4,4,5,5-tetrafluoro-6-(3- phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino}ethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000058_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 43 (0.17 g, 0.33 mmol) by the procedure described in
Example 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (40:4:0.2) as eluent gave {R,S)-2- (hydroxymethyl)-4-(1-hydroxy-2-{[4,4,5,5-tetrafluoro-6-(3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino} ethyOphenol (0.15 g, 96%) as oil.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, dimethylsulfoxide-D6): 1.57-1.64 (m, 2H); 1.78-1.86 (m, 2H); 2.05- 2.17 (m, 2H); 2.56-2.63 (m, 4H); 3.54 (d,
Figure imgf000059_0001
HZ, 3H); 4.45- 4.51 (m, 3H); 4.91 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1 H); 5.01 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1 H); 6.68 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H); 6.97 (dd, J,=8.3 Hz, J2=2.1 Hz, 1H); 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H); 7.25-7.30 (m, 3H); 9.15 (bs, 1H).
MS (M+): 473
Intermediate 44. ΛM3enzyl-6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexan-1 -amine A solution of Intermediate 7 (5.0 g, 15.6 mmol) and benzyl amine (3.4 ml_, 31.1 mmol) was heated at 12O0C for two hours. The crude reaction was treated with ethyl ether and the resulting solid was filtered. The solvent was concentrated and the resultinn oil was purified by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol (from 99:1 to 95:5) as eluent, to yield Λ/-benzyl-6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexan-1- amine(3.2 g, 59%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.24-1.32 (m, 2H); 1.46-1.63 (m, 4H); 2.58-2.64 (m, 4H); 3.49-3.53 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.79-3.88 (m, 4H); 7.30-7.33 (m, 5H); 7.42-7.44 (m, 3H); 7.50- 7.54 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 45. (f?,S)-2-{Benzyl[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-[4- (benzyloxy)-3-nitrophenyl]ethanol
A solution of Intermediate 44 (3.2 g, 9.22 mmol) and 2-(3-nitro-4-phenoxyphenyl)- oxirane (2.27 g, 8.38 mmol) was heated at 12O0C for 2 hours. An HPLC-MS analysis of the crude reaction revealed that there were two main products: (f?,S)-2-{benzyl[6-(2,2- difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-[4-(benzyloxy)-3-nitrophenyl]ethanol and the corresponding isomer (/?,S)-1-{benzyl[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-[4- (benzyloxy)-3-nitrophenyl]ethanol (60:40). The reaction was cooled and the resulting oil (5.18 g) was used in the next step without further purification.
Intermediate 46. (/?,S)-1-[3-Amino-4-(benzyloxy)phenyl]-2-{benzyl[6-(2,2-difluoro-2- phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}ethanol
To a solution of Intermediate 45 (5.18 g, 8.38 mmol) in ethanol (110 mL) was added tin dichloride (6.34 g, 33.5 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting oil (3.92 g) was used in the next step without further purification. EXAMPLE 9. (R,S)-[5-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy- ethyl)-2-hydroxyphenyl]formamide
Figure imgf000060_0001
A mixture of formic acid (0.62 ml_, 13.32 mmol) and acetic anhydride (0.78 g, 7.65 mmol) were heated at 5O0C for 15 minutes. The mixture was cooled to 10 0C and a solution of Intermediate 46 (3.2 g) in tetrahydrofuran (18 mL) and toluene (18 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol (from 98:2 to 95:5) as eluent to give crude dibenzylated (R,S)-[5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]- amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-hydroxyphenyl]formamide (2.44 g) as oil. A solution of this oil in ethanol (150 mL) was hydrogenated in the presence of palladium on charcoal (0.3 g) for 4 hours. The mixture was then filtered over Celite and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (80:8:1) as eluent to give (R,S)-[5-(2-{[6-
(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-hydroxyphenyl]formamide
(464 mg, 14% three step overall yield) as oil.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, dimethylsulfoxide-D6): 1.17-1.18 (m, 4H); 1.26-1.33 (m, 2H); 1.36- 1.44 (m, 2H); 2.44-2.47 (m, 2H); 2.50-2.57 (m, 2H); 3,41-3,45 (d, J=6.5 Hz1 2H); 3.90 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 2H); 4.42-4.48 (m, 1H); 6.77 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); 6.85 (dd, J,=8.2 Hz, J2=2.0 Hz, 1H); 7.45-7.53 (m, 5H); 7.99 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1 H); 8.24 (s, 1H); 9.51 (bs, 1 H). MS (M+): 436
Intermediate 47. Ethyl (3-bromophenyl)(oxo)acetate Obtained from 2-bromo-1-m-bromophenylethanone (27.7 g, 0.10 mol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 27. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel using methylene chloride as eluent gave the title compound (20.7 g, 81 %) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.40 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); 4.45 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H); 7.40 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 7.80 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 7.98 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 8.20 (s, 1H). Intermediate 48. Ethyl (3-bromophenyl)difluoroacetate
Obtained from Intermediate 47 (28.80 g, 0.112 mol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and n-hexane/ethyl acetate (4:1) as eluent gave the title compound (26.3 g, 84%) as oil. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.30 (t, J=7Λ Hz, 3H); 4.30 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H); 7.30 (t,
J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 7.55 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 7.65 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 7.78 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 49. 2-(3-Bromopheny)-2,2-difluoroethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 48 (21.1 g, 75.6 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 2. The title compound was obtained (17.2 g, 96%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 3.95 (t, JF-H=13.5 Hz,2 H); 7.30 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 7.55 (d, J=9.0 Hz1 1H); 7.65 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 7.70 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 50. 1-Bromo-3-{2-[(6-bromohexyl)oxy]-1,1-difluoroethyl}benzene Obtained from Intermediate 49 (17.6 g, 74 mmol) by the procedure described in
Intermediate 3. The crude oil was purified by distillation to yield the title compound as oil of 60% of purity (9.5 g). The distillation residue was purified by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride as eluent to yield a second batch of 1-bromo-3-{2- [(6-bromohexyl)oxy]-1 ,1-difluoroethy!}benzene of 65 % of purity (15.2 g) (overall yield: 53%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.25-1.55 (m, 8H); 1.81-1.88 (m, 1 H); 3.37-3.41 (m, 1H); 3.46-3.53 (m, 2H); 3.78-3.86 (m, 2H); 7.30-7.34 (m, 1H); 7.44-7.46 (m, 1H); 7.58 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 7.67 (S, 1 H).
Intermediate 51. (/?,S)-5-(2,2-Dimethyl-4W-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-1 ,3-oxazolidin-2-one
To a solution of (ft,S)-2-amino-1-(2,2-dimethyl-4/7-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol (5.0 g, 22.3 mmol) in methylene chloride (100 mL) was added ditertbutyl dicarbonate (5.35 g, 24.5 mmol) and triethylamine (3.4 mL, 24.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent reduced under reduced pressure. Trituration with ethyl ether gave the protected starting amine (6.8 g, 94%) as an off-white solid. A solution of this solid in dimethylformamide (30 mL) was added dropwise to a cooled suspension of sodium hydride (1.07 g, 27 mmol) in dimethylformamide (30 mL). The mixture was allowed to reach room temperature and then was stirred at 4O0C overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL) and the organic layer was acidified with 2N HCI, washed with water (2 x 30 ml_), brine (2 x 30 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent reduced under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained (4.4 g, 85%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.52-1.61 (m, 6H); 3.55 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 3.94 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H); 4.86 (s, 2H); 5.42 (bs, 1H); 5.55 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1 H); 6.85 (d, J=Q.5 Hz, 1H); 7.04 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1 H); 7.17 (dd, J1-QA Hz, J2=2.3 Hz1 1 H)
Intermediate 52. (/?,S)-3-{6-[2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2,2-difluoroethoxy]hexyl}-5-(2,2- dimethyl-4W-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-1 ,3-oxazolidin-2-one Obtained from Intermediate 50 (4.6 g of 50% purity, 5.7 mmol) and Intermediate 51 (1.14 g, 4.56 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 35. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol (from pure methylene chloride to 98:2) as eluent gave the title compound (2.06 g, 80%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.30-1.32 (m, 4H); 1.52-1.58 (m, 3H); 1.54 (s, 6H); 3.18- 3.43 (m, 4H); 3.48-3.54 (m, 2H); 3.77-3.88 (m, 3H); 4.84 (s, 2H); 5.40 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 6.84 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); 7.00 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1 H); 7.12 (dd, J1=QA Hz, Λ=2.3 Hz, 1H); 7.31- 7.34 (m, 1H); 7.44-7.46 (m, 1H); 7.56-7.59 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 7.67 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 53. (/?,S)-2-({6-[2-(3-bromophenyl)-2,2-difluoroethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1- (2,2-dimethyl-4W-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 52 (1.24 g, 2.18 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 36. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (100:8:1) as eluent gave the title compound (0.9 g, 76%) as oil. 1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.23-1.32 (m, 6H); 1.54 (s, 6H); 2.58-2.70 (m, 3H); 2.84-
2.89 (m, 1H); 3.49-3.53 (m, 2H); 3.69-3.86 (m, 4H); 4.59-4.64 (dd, ^,=9.2 Hz, J2=ZA Hz, 1H); 4.85 (s, 2H); 6.79 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H); 7.01 (s, 1H); 7.11-7.14 (m, 1 H); 7.32 (d, J=Il Hz, 1H); 7.44-7.47 (m, 1H); 7.58 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 7.67 (s, 1H).
EXAMPLE 10. (/?,S)-4-[2-({6-[2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2,2-difluoroethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1- hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000062_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 53 (0.90 g, 1.66 mmol) by the procedure described in Example 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel, using methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (40:8:1) as eluent gave (R,S)-4-[2-({6-[2-(3- bromophenyl)-2,2-difluoroethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1-hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (0.36 g, 55%) as an off-white solid.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.27-1.30 (m, 4H); 1.41-1.56 (m, 4H); 2.51-2.77 (m, 4H); 3.51 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H); 3.53 (bs, 4H); 3.82 (t,
Figure imgf000063_0001
HZ, 2H); 4.53-4.57 (m, 1 H); 4.76 (s, 2H); 6.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); 6.96 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1 H); 7.11 (dd, J,=8.0, J2=1.9 Hz, 1 H); 7.32 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 7.44-7.47 (m, 1 H); 7.56-7.59 (m, 1 H); 7.67 (s, 1H). MS (M+): 502.
Intermediate 54. (R,S)-3-{6-[2-(3-Aminophenyl)-2,2-difluoroethoxy]hexyl}-5-(2,2- dimethyl-4AV-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one
To a solution of Intermediate 52 (4.65 g, 8.18 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was added bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (230 mg, 0.4 mmol), tri-tert-butylphosphine (83 DL,
0.4 mmol) and lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, 1M solution in hexane (9 mL, 9 mmol) under inert atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl ether (20 mL) and 2N HCI was added (0.25 mL). The organic layer was washed with 2N sodium hydroxide (2 x 20 mL), water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried (Na2SO4); and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol (from pure methylene chloride to 98:2) as eluent gave the title compound (2.71 g, 66 %) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.3 0-1.38 (m, 4H); 1.48-1.58 (m, 3H); 1.55 (s, 6H); 3.23- 3.43 (m, 3H); 3.52 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H); 3.76-3.89 (m, 4H); 4.85 (s, 2 H); 5.40 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 6.72-6.76 (m, 1H); 6.82-6.89 (m, 3H); 7.01 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1 H); 7.11-7.22 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 55. (/?,S)-W-{3-[2-({6-[5-(2,2-Dimethyl-4/y-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-2-oxo- 1 ,3-oxazolidin-3-yl]hexyl}oxy)-1 ,1 -difluoroethyl]phenyl}urea
To a solution of Intermediate 54 (2.71 g, 5.4 mmol) in acetic acid (20 mL) and water (10 ml) was added a solution of potassium cyanide (0.87 g, 10.7 mmol) in water (20 mL). The mixture was stirred overnight under inert atmosphere. The crude reaction was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 15 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated.
Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and ethyl acetate as eluent gave the title compound (2.2 g, 73%) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.30-1.38 (m, 4H); 1.47-1.58 (m, 3H); 1.55 (s, 6H); 3.25- 3.41 (m, 3H); 3.45-3.51 (m, 2H); 3.79-3.93 (m, 4H); 4.85 (s, 2H); 5.15 (bs, 2H); 5.46 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 6.87 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H); 7.00 (d, J=I .9 Hz1 1 H); 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H); 7.30- 7.38 (m, 2H); 7.88-7.90 (m, 1 H); 8.00 (bs, 1 H).
Intermediate 56. (/?,S)-Λ/-(3-{2-[(6-{[2-(2,2-Dimethyl-4H-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-2- hydroxyethyl]amino}hexyl)oxy]-1,1-difluoroethyl}phenyl)urea
Obtained from Intermediate 55 (2.2 g, 4 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 36. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (100:8:1) as eluent gave the title compound (1.12 g, 54%) as oil.
1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.22-1.28 (m, 4H); 1.39-1.49 (m, 4H); 1.53 (s, 6H); 2.56- 2.87 (m, 3H); 3.48 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 3.69-3.86 (m, 4H); 4.68 (dd, J,=9.2 Hz, J2=3.7 Hz, 1H); 4.82 (s, 2H); 4.95 (bs, 2H); 6.79 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); 7.00 (d, J=I.6 Hz, 1H); 7.11-7.20 (m, 2H); 7.33-7.39 (m, 2H); 7.58-7.61 (m, 1H).
EXAMPLE 11. (/?,S)-W-[3-(1,1-Difluoro-2-{[6-({2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-
(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}amino)hexyl]oxy}ethyl)phenyl]urea
Figure imgf000064_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 56 (1.12 g, 2.15 mmol) by the procedure described in
Example 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel, using methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (40:8:1) as eluent gave (R,S)-Λ/-[3-(1,1-dfluoro-2- {[6-({2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}amino)hexyl]oxy}ethyl)phenyl]- urea (0.49 g, 46%) as an off-white solid. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D6): 1.20-1.26 (m, 4H); 1.32-1.47 (m, 4H); 2.54-2.57 (m,
4H); 3.45 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H); 3.86 (t, JF-H=13.9 Hz, 2H); 4.46-4.51 (m, 3H); 4.94 (bs, 1H); 5.04 (bs, 1H); 5.92 (s, 2H); 6.68 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); 6.98 (dd, J,=8.0, J2=I .9 Hz, 1H); 7.03 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 7.25 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H); 7.32 (t, J=7.8 Hz1 1H); 7.44-7.47 (m, 1H); 7.65 (s, 1 H); 8.74 (S, 1 H). MS (M+): 481. Intermediate 57. 1 -bromo-3-{2-[(6-bromohexyl)oxy]-1 ,1 -difluoroethyl}benzene
A solution of benzyl alcohol (3.2 mL, 30.9 mmol) in dimethylformamide (100 mL) was cooled to O0C and 60% sodium hydride (1.23 g, 30.9 mmol) was slowly added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours, then cooled to O0C again and a solution of Intermediate 50 (12.72 g, 20.6 mmol) in dimethylformamide (65 mL) was slowly added. The mixture was stirred 4 hours at room temperature. The crude reaction was cooled to O0C and water (3 mL) was added and then was concentrated. The residue was disolved with methylene chloride (150 mL), washed with water (2 x 75 mL) and brine (1 x 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column cromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride as eluent gave the title compound (5.1g, 57%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.25-1.36 (m, 4 H); 1.50-1.62 (m, 4 H); 3.43-3.52 (m, 4 H); 3.81 (t, J=12.8 Hz, 2 H); 4.50 (s, 2 H); 7.26-7.35 (m, 6 H); 7.43-7.46 (m, 1 H); 7.57 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 7.68 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1 H).
Intermediate 58. [3-(2-{[6-(benzyloxy)hexyl]oxy}-1,1-difluoroethyl)phenyl3amine
Obtained from Intermediate 57 (5.04g, 11.88 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 54. Purification by column cromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol (from pure methylene chloride to 99:1) as eluent gave the title compound (3.9 g, 90 %) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz1 CDCI3): 1.28-1.38 (m, 4 H); 1.52-1.66 (m, 4 H); 3.43-3.54 (m, 4 H); 3.80 (t, J=13.5 Hz, 2 H); 4.50 (s, 2 H); 6.73 (dd, J,=8.0 Hz, J2=1.6 Hz, 1 H); 6.81-6.82 (m, 1 H); 6.87 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H); 7.19 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H); 7.27-7.31 (m, 1 H); 7.32-7.38 (m, 4H).
Intermediate 59. Ethyl Λ/-({[3-(2-{[6-(benzyloxy)hexyl]oxy}-1,1-difluoroethyl)phenyl]- amino}carbonyl)glycinate
To a solution of Intermediate 58 (3.9 g, 10.7 mmol) in methylene chloride (35 mL) was added ethyl isocyanatoacetate (1.38 mL, 12.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The crude reaction was cooled to O0C and then methanol (2.3 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column cromatography using methylene chloride/methanol (from pure methylene chloride to 98:2) as eluent gave the title compound (5.1 g, 95 %) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.27-1.36 (m, 7H); 1.49-1.65 (m, 4H); 3.51 (m, 4H); 3.80 (t,
Figure imgf000066_0001
Hz, 2H); 4.53 (s, 2H); 7.13-7.18 (m, 2H); 7.30-7.36 (m, 6H); 7.58 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 60. Λ/-({[3-(2-{[6-(benzyloxy)hexyl]oxy}-1,1-difluoroethyl)phenyl]amino} carbonyl)glycine
To a solution of Intermediate 59 (5.09 g, 10 mmol) in ethanol (30 ml_) was added 2N NaOH (18 ml_, 35 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The crude reaction was concentrated and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with water (2 x 25mL). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with "HCI and then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The titled compound was obteined (4.23 g, 88%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.25-1.34 (m, 4H); 1.49-1.58 (m, 4H); 3.49 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 4H); 3.80 (t,
Figure imgf000066_0002
HZ, 2H); 3.92 (s, 2H); 4.52 (s, 2H); 5.81 (bs, 1H); 7.15 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1 H); 7.29-7.34 (m, 6H); 7.40 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 2H); 7.66 (bs, 1 H).
Intermediate 61. 3-[3-(2-{[6-(benzyloxy)hexyl]oxy}-1 ,1 -difluoroethyl)phenyl] imidazolidine-2,4-dione A solution of Intermediate 60 (3.42 g, 7.4 mmol), water (20 mL) and concentrated HCI (5.5 mL) was heated at 1400C for 12 hours. The reaction was cooled. The crude was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (2 x 20 mL), water (2 x 20 mL) and brine (1 x 2OmL), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The titled compound was obtained (2.52 g, 76%) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz1 CDCI3): 1.33 (bs, 4H); 1.58 (bs, 4H); 3.43-3.54 (m, 4H); 3.84 (t, JF.
H=13.0 Hz, 2H); 4.13 (s, 2H); 4.49 (s, 2H); 5.56 (bs, 1H); 7.34 (bs, 6H); 7.53 (bs, 3H); 7.61 (S1 1H).
Intermediate 62. 3-(3-{1 ,1 -difluoro-2-[(6-hydroxyhexyl)oxy]ethyl}phenyl) imidazolidine-2,4-dione
To a solution of Intermediate 61 (2.52 g, 5.65 mmol) in ethanol (120 mL) was added palladium on charcoal (300 mg). The mixture was hidrogenated at 40 psi for 4 hours. The catalyst was filtered through Celite and the solvent removed under pressure to give the title compound (1.94 g, 96%) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.23-1.32 (m, 4H); 1.50-1.59 (m, 3H); 3.50-3.62 (m, 4H); 3.73 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 1 H); 3.86 (t, JF-H=12.8 Hz, 2H); 4.17 (s, 2H); 5.99 (bs, 1 H); 7.52-7.56 (m, 4H); 7.61 (bs, 1H).
S Intermediate 63. 6-{2-[3-(2,5-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl)phenyl]-2,2-difluoroethoxy}hexyl methanesulfonate
Intermediate 62 (1.94 g, 5.45 mmol) was disolved in methylene chloride (15 mL) and triethylamine (1.21 mL, 8.72 mmol) was then added. The mixture was cooled to O0C and a solution of methanesulfonyl chloride (0.680 mL, 8.72 mmol) in methylene chloride (5 mL) 0 was slowly added at the same temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The crude reaction was cooled to O0C and then 50% solution water /ammonium hydroxide (40 mL) was added. The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 40 mL), brine (1 x 40 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The title compound was obtained (2.4 g, 100%) as oil. 5 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.34-1.43 (m, 4H); 1.54-1.72 (m, 6H); 3.0 (s, 3H); 3.53 (t,
J=6.2 Hz, 2H); 3.86 (t, JF-W=12.8 Hz, 2H); 4.17 (s, 2H); 5.88 (bs, 1H); 7.54 (bs, 4H); 7.62 (bs, 1H).
Intermediate 64. 3-(3-{2-[(6-{[2-(2,2-dimethyl-4tf-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-2- 0 hydroxyethyl]amino}hexyl)oxy]-1,1-difluoroethyl}phenyl)imidazolidine-2,4-dione
To a solution of Intermediate 63 (2.4 g, 5.4 mmol) in dimethylformamide (30 mL) was added (R,S)-2-amino-1-(2,2-dimethyl-4W-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol (1.64 g, 7.33 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (1.74 g, 5.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 98 hours. The crude reaction was concentrated and the residue was 5 diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL) and washed with water (2 x 25mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column cromatography using methylene chloride/ethanol/ ammonium hydroxide (100:8:1) as eluent gave the title compound (0.67 g, 22 %) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.22-1.33 (m, 3H); 1.54 (s, 6H); 2.57-2.67 (m, 3H); 2.82- 0 2.87 (m, 1H); 3.52 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.69-3.76 (m, 2H); 3.81-3.90 (m, 2H); 4.13 (s, 2H); 4.64 (dd, Jf=9.2 Hz, J2=3A Hz, 1H); 4.85 (s, 2H); 6.79 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H); 7.01 (s, 1H); 7.13 (dd, J1=QA Hz, J2=ZI Hz, 1 H); 7.28 (m, 1H); 7.51-7.56 (m, 2H); 7.62 (bs, 1H). EXAMPLE 12. (R,S-)3-[3-(1,1-difluoro-2-{[6-({2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-
(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}amino)hexyl]oxy}ethyl)phenyl]imidazolidine-2,4-dione
Figure imgf000068_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 64 (0.67 g, 1.20 mmol) by the procedure described in Example 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/ethanol/ammonium hydroxide (40:8:1) as eluent gave 3-[3-(1,1-difluoro-2-{[6-({2- hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}amino)hexyl]oxy}ethyl)phenyl] imidazolidine-2,4-dione (0.04 g, 10%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, dimethylsulfoxide-D6): 1.15-1.30 (m, 4H); 1.35-1.45 (m, 4H); 2.60- 2.80 (m, 4H); 3.46-3.50 (m, 2H); 3.95 (t, J=13.9 Hz, 2H); 4.07 (s, 2H); 4.47 (s, 2H); 4.60- 4.70 (m, 1H); 6.72 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 7.01 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 7.29 (s, 1H); 7.51-7.61 (m, 4H); 8.34 (bs, 1H).
Intermediate 65. 2-bromo-1-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethanone To a solution of 1-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethanone (5.5 ml_, 40 mmol) in chloroform (100 ml.) was added dropwise a solution of bromine (2.05 mL, 40 mmol) in chloroform (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted in methylene chloride (50 mL) and washed with water (2 x 25mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column cromatography using methylene chloride as eluent gave the title compound (8.44 g, 84%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 3.9 (s, 3H); 4.5 (s, 2H); 7.14-7.18 (dd, J=I Λ, 3.2 Hz, 1H); 7.43 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 7.51-7.58 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 66. Ethyl (3-methoxyphenyl)(oxo)acetate
A suspension of selenium dioxide (4.08 g, 37 mmol) in ethanol (35 mL) was refluxed for 10 minutes and then, Intermediate 65 (8.44 g, 37 mmol) was added. The mixture was refluxed overnight. The cooled reaction was filtered through Celite and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL), washed with water (2 x 25 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel using methylene chloride as eluent gave the title compound (4.12 g, 53 %) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.43 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); 3.87 (s, 3H); 4.46 (q, J=I. Z Hz, 2H); 7.21 (dd, J=8.2, 2.7 Hz, 1H); 7.42 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 7.54-7.59 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 67. Ethyl difluoro(3-methoxyphenyl)acetate Obtained from Intermediate 66 (4.12 g, 20 mmol) by the procedure described in
Intermediate 1. Ethyl difluoro(3-methoxyphenyl)acetate was obtained (4.35 g, 94%) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.31 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); 3.84 (s, 3H); 4.29 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H); 7.02 (dd, J=8.2, 1.6 Hz, 1 H); 7.13 (s, 1 H); 7.19 (d, J=7.7 Hz1 1 H); 7.37 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 68. 2,2-difluoro-2-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 67 (4.35 g, 19 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 2. The title compound was obtained (3.19 g, 90%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 3.84 (s, 3H); 3.97 (t, J=13.5 Hz, 2H); 6.99-7.11 (m, 3H);
7.37 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H).
Intermediate 69. 1-{2-[(6-bromohexyl)oxy]-1,1-difluoroethyl}-3-methoxybenzene
To a cooled solution of Intermediate 68 (3.19 g, 16.95 mmol) in dimethylformamide (20 mL) was added 60% sodium hydride (1.36 g, 33.9 mmol) and 1,6-dibromohexane (5.2 ml_, 33.9 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The crude was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL) and washed with water (3 x 50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The excess of 1 ,6-dibromohexane was eliminated by distillation at reduced pressure (P = 0.15-0.18 mmHg, T = 60-650C) and the crude was purified by column chromatography with silica gel using methylene chloride as eluent. The title compound was obtained (3.41 g, 57 %) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.22-1.48 (m, 4H); 1.50-1.64 (m, 2H); 1.76-1.90 (m, 2H);
3.38 (t, J=6.87 Hz, 2H); 3.52 (t, J=6.457 Hz, 2H); 3.78-3.87 (m, 5H); 6.98 (dd, J=B24 Hz, J=1.92 Hz, 1H); 7.05-7.10 (m, 2H); 7.34 (t, J=7.97 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 70. 3-{6-[2,2-difluoro-2-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}-5-(2,2- dimethyl-4W-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-1 ,3-oxazolidin-2-one
Obtained from Intermediate 69 (3.41g, 9.7 mmol) and Intermediate 51 (1.37 g, 5.49 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 35. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and hexane / ethyl acetate (1:2) as eluent gave the title compound (1.96 g, 69%) as oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.22-1.41 (m, 4H); 1.49-1.63 (m, 4H); 1.54 (s, 6H); 3.16- 3.45 (m, 4H); 3.50-3.54 (m, 2H); 3.81-3.84 (m, 5H); 4.84 (s, 2H); 5.40 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 6.84 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.96-7.14 (m, 5H); 7.34 (t, J=7.9 Hz1I H).
S Intermediate 71. [R1S)- 2-({6-[2,2-difluoro-2-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl} amino)- 1 -(2,2-dimethyl-4H-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 70 (1.96 g, 3.77 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 36. The title compound was obtained (1.78 g, 96%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.22-1.38 (m, 4H); 1.49-1.63 (m, 4H); 1.53 (s, 6H); 2.53- 0 2.74 (m, 4H); 2.81-2.90 (m, 1 H); 3.46-3.57 (m, 2H); 3.81-3.84 (m, 5H); 4.60-4.70 (m, 1H); 4.84 (s, 2H); 6.79 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.96-7.14 (m, 5H); 7.34 (t, J=7.9 Hz,1H).
EXAMPLE 13. (R,S )-4-[2-({6-[2,2-difluoro-2-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)- 1-hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000070_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 71 (1.78 g, 3.61 mmol) by the procedure described in
Example 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel and methylene chloride/methanol/triethylamine (91:8:1) as eluent gave (R1S )-4-[2-({6-[2,2-difluoro-2-(3- methoxyphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1 -hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (1.52g, 0 93%) as oil .
1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 1.18-1.34 (m, 4H); 1.43-1.50 (m, 2H); 1.56-1.69 (m, 2H); 2.85 (d, J=20.1 Hz1 4H); 3.48 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H); 3.72-3.87 (m, 5H); 4.49 (s, 2H); 4.80 (bs, 1 H); 6.70 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H); 6.87-7.32 (m, 5H); 7.34 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H); 8.04 (bs, 1 H).
5 Intermediate 72. 8-(benzyloxy)-5-((1/?)-1 -{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-2-{[6-(2,2- difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}ethyl)quinolin-2(1W)-one
To a solution of (B-(benzyloxy)-5-((1/?)-2-bromo-1-{[te^butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy} ethyl)quinolin-2(1H)-one (4.80 g, 9.83 mmol) and Intermediate 9 (3.04 g, 11.8 mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (13.5 mL) was added sodium bicarbonate (2.49g, 29.4 mmol) and 0 sodium iodide (2.22 g, 14.8 mmol). The mixture was heated at 14O0C for 2 hours. After cooling, the reaction was diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and brine (20 ml_), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained (6.40 g, 98%) as oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): 0.20-0.31 (m, 5H); 1.03-1.11 (m, 10 H); 1.38-1.49 (m, 5H); 1.63-1.80 (m, 5H); 2.75-2.95 (m, 2H); 3.08-3.15 (m, H); 3.66-3.73 (m, 2H); 3.98-4.07 (m, 2H); 5.35 (S1 2H); 6.85 (d, J =9.9Hz, 1H); 7.19 (d, J =8.5Hz, 1H); 7.31-7.34 (m, 1H); 7.45 (S1 2H); 7.58-7.65 (m, 6H); 7.69-7.71 (m, 2H); 8.50 (d, J =9.9Hz, 1 H).
Intermediate 73. 8-(benzyloxy)-5-((1 /?)-2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl] amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)quinolin-2(1H)-one To a solution of Intermediate 72 (6.4 g, 9.63 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) was added tetra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride (5.02 g, 19.26 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography using methylene chloride/methanol (from 95:5 to 85:15) as eluent gave 8-(benzyloxy)-5-((1R)-2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2- phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -hydroxy ethy)quinolin-2(1H)-one (1.1 g, 20%) as oil. MS (M+): 550
EXAMPLE 14. 5-((1f?)-2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1- hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1tø)-one
Figure imgf000071_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 73 (1.10 g, 2.0 mmol) by the procedure described in Example 5. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (95:5) to give the title compound (0.50 g, 54%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, dimethy!sulfoxide-D6): 1.15-1.35 (m, 5H); 1.40-1.50 (m, 3H); 1.55- 1.65 (m, 2H); 2.80-3.02 (m, 6H); 3.88-3.98 (m, 2H); 5.35-5.45 (m, 1H); 6.55 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H); 7.00 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H); 7.15 (d, J=IA Hz1 1 H); 7.45-7.62 (m, 5H); 8.26 (d, J=9.6Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 74. (1/?)-2-{[4,4-Difluoro-6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -(2,2- dimethyl-4tf-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol Obtained from Intermediate 17 (0.39 g, 1.38 mmol) and (RJ-2-amino-1-(2,2-dimethyl- 4H-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol (0.62 g, 2.77 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 18. The title compound was obtained (0.42 g, 60%) as oil and was used in the next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 15. 4-((1 f?)-2-{[4,4-Difluoro-6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -hydroxy- ethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000072_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 74 (0.41 g, 0.83 mmol) by the procedure described in Example 1. The resulting oil was purified by semi-preparative HPLC to give the title compound (0.12 g, 31%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.54-1.63 (m, 4H); 1.82-1.90 (m, 4H); 2.01-2.12 (m, 4H); 2.55-2.61 (m, 4H); 3.37 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 3.50 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 4.38 (bs, 2H); 4.78 (bs, 1H); 6.64 (bs, 1H); 6.83 (bs, 1H); 6.95 (bs, 1H); 7.12-7-26 (m, 5H); 8.34 (bs, 1H).
MS (M+): 451.
Intermediate 75. 3-Oxo-3-phenylpropyl acetate
To a solution of 3-chloro-1-phenylpropan-1-one (1.0 g, 5.93 mmol) in acetic acid (8 mL) was added sodium acetate (2.43 g, 29.7 mmol) and potassium iodide (100 mg). The mixture was heated in a sealed tube at 13O0C overnight. After cooling, the reaction was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2 x 50 mL), saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (2 x 50 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained (1.0 g, 88%) as an orange solid. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 2.03 (s, 3H); 3.32 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 4.52 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H);
7.40-7.63 (m, 3H); 7.89-8.02 (m, 2H). MS (M+): 192.
Intermediate 76. 3,3-Dif!uoro-3-phenylpropyl acetate To a suspension of Intermediate 75 (1.0 g, 5.20 mmol) in bis(2- methoxyethyl)aminosulfur trifluoride (Deoxofluor®) (1.7 ml_, 7.80 mmol) was added boron trifluoride dimethyl ether complex (99 μl_, 0.78 mmol). The mixture was heated overnight at 850C and under argon. After cooling to O0C1 the reaction was diluted with methylene chloride (10 mL) and then, saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) was added very slowly. The mixture was extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 20 ml_). The combined organic phase was washed with water (2 x 20 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with n-hexane/ethyl acetate (from pure n-hexane to 6:4) gave the title compound (0.30 g, 30%) as orange oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.94 (s, 3H); 2.47-2.57 (m, 2H); 4.22 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 7.42-7.48 ( m, 5H).
Intermediate 77. 3,3-Difluoro-3-phenylpropan-1-ol To a suspension of Intermediate 76 (0.30 g, 1.40 mol) in ethanol (4 mL) was added a solution of 35% sodium hydroxide (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The crude reaction was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL), washed with water (1 x 30 ML) and 1N hydrochloric acid (2 x 30 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained (0.22 g, 89%) as orange oil, and was used in the next step without further purification.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 2.36-2.52 (m, 2H); 3.85 (t, .7=6.0 Hz, 2H); 7.44-7.51 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 78. 6-Bromohexyl 3,3-difluoro-3-phenylpropyl ether Obtained from Intermediate 77 (0.41 g, 0.83 mmol) by the procedure described in
Intermediate 69. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with n-hexane/ethyl acetate (from pure n-hexane to 9:1) to give the title compound (0.85 g of 66% purity, 64%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz1 CI3CD): 1.42-1.47 (m, 4H); 1.81-1.89 (m, 4H); 2.46-2.51 (m, 2H); 3.32-3.43 (m, 4H); 3.54 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 7.42-7.47 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 79. (/?,S)-3-[6-(3,3-Difluoro-3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]-5-(2,2-dimethyl-4H- 1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-1 ,3-oxazolidin-2-one
Obtained from Intermediate 78 (0.85 g, of 66% purity, 1.86 mmol) and Intermediate 51 (0.93 g, 3.72 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 35. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with n-hexane/ethyl acetate (from pure n-hexane to 1 :1) gave the title compound (0.44 g, 47%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.32-1.61 (m, 8H); 1.54 (s, 6H); 2.46 (h, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 3.32-3.44 (m, 4H); 3.54 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 3.73 (q, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 4.84 (s, 2H); 5.37-5.43 (m, 1 H); 6.83 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 7.00 (s, 1 H); 7.12 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); 7.41-7.47 (m, 5H).
MS (M+): 503.
EXAMPLE 16. (R,S)-4-(2-{[6-(3,3-Difluoro-3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -hydroxy ethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000074_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 79 (0.44 g, 1.0 mmol) by the procedures described in Intermediate 36 and Example 1. The resulting oil was purified by semi-preparative HPLC to give the title compound (44 mg, 10%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.22-1.66 (m, 8H); 1.87-2.03 (m, 4H); 2.40-2.54 (m, 4H); 3.29-3.38 (m, 2H); 3.50-3.56 (m, 2H); 4.49 (bs, 2H); 4.83 (bs, 1H); 6.68-6.89 (m, 1H); 6.91-6.93 (m, 1 H); 7.01 (bs, 1 H); 7.38-7.49 (m, 5H). MS (M+): 437.
Intermediate 80. AIIyI 2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethyl ether
Obtained from Intermediate 6 (10.0 g, 63 mmol) and allyl bromide (6.5 ml_, 76 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 11. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with methylene chloride gave the title compound (11.2 g, 89%) as oil.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, CI3CD): 3.76-3.90 (m, 2H); 3.98-4.12 (m, 2H); 5.14-5.32 (m, 2H);
5.70-5.90 (m, 1H); 7.35-7.59 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 81. 3-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)propan-1-ol Obtained from Intermediate 80 (10.6 g, 53 mmol) by the procedure described in
Intermediate 12. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate/n-hexane (from 1:4 to pure ethyl acetate) gave the title compound (10.7 g, 96%) as oil.
1H-NMR (200 MHz, CI3CD): 1.80 (qt, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.66-3.73 (m, 4H); 3.86 (t, JF. H=12.9 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.54 (m, 5H). Intermediate 82. 3-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)propanal
Obtained from Intermediate 81 (3.0 g, 14.4 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 13. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with methylene chloride gave the title compound (1.86 g, 60%) as oil.
1H-NMR (200 MHz1 CI3CD): 2.67 (td, J1=6.0 Hz, J2=1.8 Hz, 2H); 3.89 (t, JF-W=13.3 Hz, 2H); 3.89 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 7.40-7.53 (m, 5H); 9.72 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1 H).
Intermediate 83. 1-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hept-6-en-3-ol Obtained from Intermediate 82 (1.86 g, 8.7 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 14. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate/n-hexane (1 :6) gave the title compound (1.24 g, 53%) as oil.
1H-NMR (200 MHz, CI3CD): 1.46-1.88 (m, 4H); 2.06-2.20 (m, 2H); 3.63-3.83 (m, 3H); 3.86 (t, JF-H=I 2.9 Hz, 2H); 4.92-5.07 (m, 2H); 5.75-5.92 (m, 1H); 7.43-7.55 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 84. 1-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hept-6-en-3-one
Obtained from Intermediate 83 (4.3 g, 15.8 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 13. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate/n-hexane (1 :5) gave the title compound (1.82 g, 43%) as oil. 1H-NMR (200 MHz, CI3CD): 2.25-2.34 (m, 2H); 2.48 (dt, J1 =6.6 Hz, J2=1.6 Hz, 2H);
2.64 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 3.81 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 3.87 (t, JF-H=13.3 Hz, 2H); 4.94-5.06 (m, 2H); 5.67-5.87 (m, 1H); 7.41-7.52 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 85. 3,3-Difluorohept-6-en-1-yl 2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethyl ether To a cooled solution of Intermediate 84 (1.6 g, 10 mmol) in methylene chloride (8 mL) was added DAST (4.70 ml, 40 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at 400C and under argon. The crude reaction was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL), washed with cool water (25 mL) and saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (2 x 25 mL), dried (Na2SO^, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate/n-hexane (from 1 :8 to 1:6) as eluent. The title compound was obtained (600 mg, 21%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.80-1.94 (m, 2H); 2.08-2.24 (m, 4H); 3.71 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.85 (t, JF.H=13.0 HZ, 2H); 4.97-5.06 (m, 2H); 5.70-5.81 (m, 1 H) 7.44-7.50 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 86. 6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)-4,4-difIuorohexanal Obtained from Intermediate 85 (0.80 g, 2.7 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 17. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate/n-hexane (1 :5) gave the title compound (0.48 g, 60%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 2.05-2.19 (m, 4H); 2.61 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H); 3.71 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H); 3.86 (t, JF-H=13.0 Hz, 2H); 7.44-7.52 (m, 5H); 9.72 (s, 1 H).
Intermediate 87. (R)-2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)-4,4-difluorohexyl]amino}-1- (2,2-dimethyl-4H-1,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol
Obtained from Intermediate 86 (0.49 g, 1.66 mmol) and (RJ-2-amino-1-(2,2-dimethyl- 4H-1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)ethanol (0.74 g, 3.31 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 18. The title compound was obtained (0.50 g, 83%) as oil and was used in the next step without further purification.
Example 17. (R)-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)-4,4-difluorohexyl]amino}-1 - hydroxyethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
Figure imgf000076_0001
Obtained from Intermediate 87 (0.50 g, 1.0 mmol) by the procedure described in Example 1. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol/ammonium hydroxide (from 200:20:1 to 150:20:1) gave (R)-4-(2-{[6- (2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)-4,4-difluorohexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl) phenol (0.12 g, 26% overall yield) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.59-1.90 (m, 4H); 2.03-2.18 (m, 2H); 2.58-2.79 (m, 4H); 3.70 (t,
Figure imgf000076_0002
3.3 Hz, 2H); 4.28 (bs, 4H); 4.55-4.59 (m, 1H); 4.69 (S, 2H); 6.78 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 6.95 (s, 1H); 7.05 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 7.32-7.50 (m, 5H). MS (M+): 459.
Intermediate 88. Ethyl 2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanoate To a solution of benzaldehyde (3.0 g, 28 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (80 mL) was added zinc (2.4 g, 36 mmol). The mixture was heated at 750C under inert atmosphere and ethyl 2-bromo-2,2-difluoroacetate (4.4 mL, 34 mmol) was slowly added. The mixture was heated under the same conditions for 2 hours. After cooling, 2N hydrochloric acid (25 mL) was added until the complete consumption of unreacted zinc. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude reaction was dissolved in ethyl ether (150 ml.) and washed with brine (2 x 100 ml_), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The title compound was obtained (6.4 g, 99%) as yellow oil and was used in the next step without further purification.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.28 (t, J=TA Hz, 3H); 3.22 (bs, 1 H); 4.29 (q, J=TA Hz, 2H); 5.15 (dd, JϊrF-H,=15.7 Hz, J2=8.0 Hz, 1H); 7.37-7.44 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 89. Ethyl 2,2-difluoro-3-{[(methylthio)carbonothioyl]oxy}-3-phenyl propanoate
To a solution of Intermediate 88 (6.4 g, 28 mmol) in dimethylformamide (50 mL) was added 1 ,5-diazabicyclo(5,4,0)undec-5-ene (DBU) (17.0 mL, 0.11 mol) and carbon disulfide (16.9 mL, 0.28 mol). The mixture was stirred under inert atmosphere and at room temperature for 1 hour and 30 minutes. Then, methyl iodide was added (17.5 mL, 280 mmol) and the mixture stirred under the same conditions for 1 hour and 30 minutes. The solvent was eliminated under reduced pressure. The crude was treated with water (200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate/n-hexane (from pure n-hexane to 1:9) gave the title compound (6.8 g, 76%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.30 (t, J=TA Hz, 3H); 2.57 (s, 3H); 4.33 (q, J=I Λ Hz, 2H); 6.97 (dd, J,^-H;=16.5 Hz, J2=8.0 Hz, 1H); 7.38-7.44 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 90. Ethyl 2,2-difluoro-3-phenylpropanoate
To a solution of Intermediate 89 (8.0 g, 25 mmol) in dioxane (100 mL) were added diphenylphospine oxide (5.0 g, 25 mmol) and tert-butyl peroxide (2.0 mL, 11 mmol). The mixture was heated at 11O0C under inert atmosphere for 48 hours. After cooling, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate/n-hexane (1 :8) gave the title compound (2.2 g, 42%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz1 CI3CD): 1.26 (t, J=TA Hz, 3H); 3.38 (t, JF-H=16.3 Hz, 2H); 4.24 (q, J=TA Hz, 2H); 7.24-7.33 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 91. 2,2-Difluoro-3-phenylpropan-1-ol
To a cooled solution of Intermediate 90 (2.2 g, 10.3 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was added sodium borohydride (1.94 g, 51 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50C for 20 minutes and at room temperature for 2 hours. To the crude reaction was added water (1 mL) and the solvents reduced under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 25 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate/n-hexane 1 :5 gave the title compound (0.75 g, 42%) as oil. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.87 (bs, 1H); 3.25 (t, .W=I 6.5 Hz, 2H); 3.67 (t, Jf-H=12.5
Hz, 2H); 7.27-7.36 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 92. 6-Bromohexyl 2,2-difluoro-3-phenylpropyl ether
Obtained from Intermediate 91 (0.75 g, 4.36 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 69. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with n- hexane/ethyl acetate (from pure n-hexane to 40:1) gave the title compound (0.53 g, 36%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.40-1.52 (m, 4H); 1.57-1.68 (m, 2H); 1.83-1.94 (m, 2H); 3.23 (t, JF-H=16.5 Hz, 2H); 3.39-3.53 (m, 6H); 7.28-7.40 (m, 5H).
Intermediate 93. (f?,S)-3-[6-(2,2-Difluoro-3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]-5-(2,2-dimethyl-4H- 1 ,3-benzodioxin-6-yl)-1 ,3-oxazolidin-2-one
Obtained from Intermediate 92 (0.53 g, 1.58 mmol) and Intermediate 51 (0.38 g, 1.52 mmol) by the procedure described in Intermediate 35. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with n-hexane/ethyl acetate (from 5:1 to 1:1) gave the title compound (0.30 g, 39%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.33-1.44 (m, 4H); 1.52-1.67 (m, 4H); 1.54 (s, 6H); 3.23 (t, J=16.8 Hz, 2H); 3.31-3.52 (m, 7H); 3.87 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 4.84 (s, 2H); 5.40 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H); 6.82 (d, J=8.5 Hz1 1H); 7.01 (s, 1H); 7.12 (dd, J1=B.5 Hz, J2=1.9 Hz, 1 H); 7.27-7.33 (m, 5H).
MS (M+): 503.
Example 18. (f?,S)-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino}-1 -hydroxy ethyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol, hydrochloride
Figure imgf000078_0001
A solution of Intermediate 93 (30 mg, 0.06 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Purification by column chromatography with silica gel eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (from 15:1 to 10:1) gave the title compound (5 mg, 19%) as oil.
1H-NMR (300 MHz, CI3CD): 1.21-1.44 (m, 4H); 1.48-1.68 (m, 4H); 2.66-2.76 (m, 4H); 3.21 (t, JF-H=16.5 Hz, 2H); 3.41-3.50 (m, 4H); 4.58 (bs, 8H); 6.72 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H); 6.93- 6.98 (m, 2H); 7.23-7.36 (m, 5H).
MS (M+): 437
Pharmaceutical Compositions
The pharmaceutical formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. All methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient(s) into association with the carrier. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil- in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
A syrup formulation will generally consist of a suspension or solution of the compound or salt in a liquid carrier for example, ethanol, peanut oil, olive oil, glycerine or water with flavouring or colouring agent.
Where the composition is in the form of a tablet, any pharmaceutical carrier routinely used for preparing solid formulations may be used. Examples of such carriers include magnesium stearate, talc, gelatine, acacia, stearic acid, starch, lactose and sucrose. A tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, lubricating, surface active or dispersing agent. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
Where the composition is in the form of a capsule, any routine encapsulation is suitable, for example using the aforementioned carriers in a hard gelatine capsule. Where the composition is in the form of a soft gelatine capsule any pharmaceutical carrier routinely used for preparing dispersions or suspensions may be considered, for example aqueous gums, celluloses, silicates or oils, and are incorporated in a soft gelatine capsule. Dry powder compositions for topical delivery to the lung by inhalation may, for example, be presented in capsules and cartridges of for example gelatine or blisters of for example laminated aluminium foil, for use in an inhaler or insufflator. Formulations generally contain a powder mix for inhalation of the compound of the invention and a suitable powder base (carrier substance) such as lactose or starch. Use of lactose is preferred.
Each capsule or cartridge may generally contain between 2μg and 150 μg of each therapeutically active ingredient. Alternatively, the active ingredient (s) may be presented without excipients.
Packaging of the formulation may be suitable for unit dose or multi-dose delivery. In the case of multi- dose delivery, the formulation can be pre-metered or metered in use. Dry powder inhalers are thus classified into three groups: (a) single dose, (b) multiple unit dose and (c) multi dose devices.
For inhalers of the first type, single doses have been weighed by the manufacturer into small containers, which are mostly hard gelatine capsules. A capsule has to be taken from a separate box or container and inserted into a receptacle area of the inhaler. Next, the capsule has to be opened or perforated with pins or cutting blades in order to allow part of the inspiratory air stream to pass through the capsule for powder entrainment or to discharge the powder from the capsule through these perforations by means of centrifugal force during inhalation. After inhalation, the emptied capsule has to be removed from the inhaler again. Mostly, disassembling of the inhaler is necessary for inserting and removing the capsule, which is an operation that can be difficult and burdensome for some patients. Other drawbacks related to the use of hard gelatine capsules for inhalation powders are (a) poor protection against moisture uptake from the ambient air, (b) problems with opening or perforation after the capsules have been exposed previously to extreme relative humidity, which causes fragmentation or indenture, and (c) possible inhalation of capsule fragments. Moreover, for a number of capsule inhalers, incomplete expulsion has been reported (e. g. Nielsen et al, 1997).
Some capsule inhalers have a magazine from which individual capsules can be transferred to a receiving chamber, in which perforation and emptying takes place, as described in WO 92/03175. Other capsule inhalers have revolving magazines with capsule chambers that can be brought in line with the air conduit for dose discharge (e. g. WO91 /02558 and GB 2242134). They comprise the type of multiple unit dose inhalers together with blister inhalers, which have a limited number of unit doses in supply on a disk or on a strip.
Blister inhalers provide better moisture protection of the medicament than capsule inhalers. Access to the powder is obtained by perforating the cover as well as the blister foil, or by peeling off the cover foil. When a blister strip is used instead of a disk, the number of doses can be increased, but it is inconvenient for the patient to replace an empty strip. Therefore, such devices are often disposable with the incorporated dose system, including the technique used to transport the strip and open the blister pockets.
Multi-dose inhalers do not contain pre-measured quantities of the powder formulation. They consist of a relatively large container and a dose measuring principle that has to be operated by the patient. The container bears multiple doses that are isolated individually from the bulk of powder by volumetric displacement. Various dose measuring principles exist, including rotatable membranes (e. g. EP0069715) or disks (e. g. GB 2041763; EP 0424790; DE 4239402 and EP 0674533), rotatable cylinders (e. g. EP 0166294; GB 2165159 and WO 92/09322) and rotatable frustums (e. g. WO 92/00771), all having cavities which have to be filled with powder from the container. Other multi dose devices have measuring slides (e. g.US 5201308 and WO 97/00703) or measuring plungers with a local or circumferential recess to displace a certain volume of powder from the container to a delivery chamber or an air conduit e. g. EP 0505321 , WO 92/04068 and WO 92/04928. Reproducible dose measuring is one of the major concerns for multi dose inhaler devices. The powder formulation has to exhibit good and stable flow properties, because filling of the dose measuring cups or cavities is mostly under the influence of the force of gravity. For reloaded single dose and multiple unit dose inhalers, the dose measuring accuracy and reproducibility can be guaranteed by the manufacturer. Multi dose inhalers on the other hand, can contain a much higher number of doses, whereas the number of handlings to prime a dose is generally lower.
Because the inspiratory air stream in multi-dose devices is often straight across the dose measuring cavity, and because the massive and rigid dose measuring systems of multi dose inhalers can not be agitated by this inspiratory air stream, the powder mass is simply entrained from the cavity and little de-agglomeration is obtained during discharge.
Consequently, separate disintegration means are necessary. However in practice, they are not always part of the inhaler design. Because of the high number of doses in multi- dose devices, powder adhesion onto the inner walls of the air conduits and the de- agglomeration means must be minimized and/or regular cleaning of these parts must be possible, without affecting the residual doses in the device. Some multi dose inhalers have disposable drug containers that can be replaced after the prescribed number of doses has been taken (e. g. WO 97/000703). For such semi-permanent multi dose inhalers with disposable drug containers, the requirements to prevent drug accumulation are even more strict.
Apart from applications through dry powder inhalers the compositions of the invention can be administered in aerosols which operate via propellant gases or by means of so-called atomisers, via which solutions of pharmacologically-active substances can be sprayed under high pressure so that a mist of inhalable particles results. The advantage of these atomisers is that the use of propellant gases can be completely dispensed with. Such atomisers are described, for example, in PCT Patent Application No. WO 91/14468 and International Patent Application No. WO 97/12687, reference here being made to the contents thereof.
Spray compositions for topical delivery to the lung by inhalation may for example be formulated as aqueous solutions or suspensions or as aerosols delivered from pressurised packs, such as a metered dose inhaler, with the use of a suitable liquefied propellant. Aerosol compositions suitable for inhalation can be either a suspension or a solution and generally contain the active ingredient (s) and a suitable propellant such as a fluorocarbon or hydrogen-containing chlorofluorocarbon or mixtures thereof, particularly hydrofluoroalkanes, e. g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetra- fluoroethane, especially 1 ,1 , 1 , 2-tetrafluoroethane, 1 ,1 , 1 ,2, 3,3, 3-heptafluoro-n-propane or a mixture thereof. Carbon dioxide or other suitable gas may also be used as propellant.
The aerosol composition may be excipient free or may optionally contain additional formulation excipients well known in the art such as surfactants eg oleic acid or lecithin and cosolvens eg ethanol. Pressurised formulations will generally be retained in a canister (eg an aluminium canister) closed with a valve (eg a metering valve) and fitted into an actuator provided with a mouthpiece.
Medicaments for administration by inhalation desirably have a controlled particle size. The optimum particle size for inhalation into the bronchial system is usually 1-1 Oμ, preferably 2-5μ. Particles having a size above 20μ are generally too large when inhaled to reach the small airways. To achieve these particle sizes the particles of the active ingredient as produced may be size reduced by conventional means eg by micronisation. The desired fraction may be separated out by air classification or sieving. Preferably, the particles will be crystalline.
Achieving a high dose reproducibility with micronised powders is difficult because of their poor flowability and extreme agglomeration tendency. To improve the efficiency of dry powder compositions, the particles should be large while in the inhaler, but small when discharged into the respiratory tract. Thus, an excipient such as lactose or glucose is generally employed. The particle size of the excipient will usually be much greater than the inhaled medicament within the present invention. When the excipient is lactose it will typically be present as milled lactose, preferably crystalline alpha lactose monohydrate. Pressurized aerosol compositions will generally be filled into canisters fitted with a valve, especially a metering valve. Canisters may optionally be coated with a plastics material e. g. a fluorocarbon polymer as described in W096/32150. Canisters will be fitted into an actuator adapted for buccal delivery. Typical compositions for nasal delivery include those mentioned above for inhalation and further include non-pressurized compositions in the form of a solution or suspension in an inert vehicle such as water optionally in combination with conventional excipients such as buffers, anti-microbials, tonicity modifying agents and viscosity modifying agents which may be administered by nasal pump.
Typical dermal and transdermal formulations comprise a conventional aqueous or nonaqueous vehicle, for example a cream, ointment, lotion or paste or are in the form of a medicated plaster, patch or membrane.
Preferably the composition is in unit dosage form, for example a tablet, capsule or metered aerosol dose, so that the patient may administer a single dose.
Each dosage unit contains suitably from 1 μg to 100 μg, and preferably from 5 μg to 50 μg of a β2-agonist according to the invention.
The amount of each active which is required to achieve a therapeutic effect will, of course, vary with the particular active, the route of administration, the subject under treatment, and the particular disorder or disease being treated.
The active ingredients may be administered from 1 to 6 times a day, sufficient to exhibit the desired activity. Preferably, the active ingredients are administered once or twice a day.
The compositions of the invention can optionally comprise one or more additional active substances which are known to be useful in the treatment of respiratory disorders, such as PDE4 inhibitors, corticosteroids or glucocorticoids and/or anticholinergics.
Examples of suitable PDE4 inhibitors that can be combined with β2-agonists are denbufylline, rolipram, cipamfylline, arofylline, filaminast, piclamilast, mesopram, drotaverine hydrochloride, lirimilast, roflumilast, cilomilast, 6-[2-(3,4- Diethoxyphenyl)thiazol-4-yl]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid, (R)-(+)-4-[2-(3-Cyclopentyloxy-4- methoxyphenyl)-2-phenylethyl]pyridine, N-(3,5-Dichloro-4-pyridinyl)-2-[1-(4-fluorobenzyl)- 5-hydroxy-1H-indol-3-yl]-2-oxoacetamide, 9-(2-Fluorobenzyl)-N6-methyl-2- (trifluoromethyl)adenine, N-^.S-Dichloro^-pyridinyO-β-methoxyquinoline-S-carboxamide, N-[9-Methyl-4-oxo-1-phenyl-3,4,6,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,2,1-jk][1 ,4]benzodiazepin-3(R)- yl]pyridine-4-carboxamide, 3-[3-(Cyclopentyloxy)-4-methoxybenzyl]-6-(ethylamino)-8- isopropyl-3H-purine hydrochloride, 4-[6,7-Diethoxy-2,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)naphthalen-1 - yl]-1 -(2-methoxyethyl)pyridin-2(1 H)-one, 2-carbomethoxy-4-cyano-4-(3- cyclopropylmethoxy^-difluroromethoxyphenyljcyclohexani-one, cis [4-cyano-4-(3- cyclopropylmethoxy-4-difluoromethoxyphenyl)cyclohexan-1-ol, ONO-6126 (Eur Respir J 2003, 22(Suppl. 45): Abst 2557) and the compounds claimed in the PCT patent applications number WO03/097613 and PCT/EP03/14722 and in the Spanish patent application number P200302613.
Examples of suitable corticosteroids and glucocorticoids that can be combined with β2- agonists are prednisolone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, naflocort, deflazacort, halopredone acetate, budesonide, beclomethasone dipropionate, hydrocortisone, triamcinolone acetonide, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, clocortolone pivalate, methylprednisolone aceponate, dexamethasone palmitoate, tipredane, hydrocortisone aceponate, prednicarbate, alclometasone dipropionate, halometasone, methylprednisolone suleptanate, mometasone furoate, rimexolone, prednisolone farnesylate, ciclesonide, deprodone propionate, fluticasone propionate, halobetasol propionate, loteprednol etabonate, betamethasone butyrate propionate, flunisolide, prednisone, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, triamcinolone, betamethasone 17- valerate, betamethasone, betamethasone dipropionate, hydrocortisone acetate, hydrocortisone sodium succinate, prednisolone sodium phosphate and hydrocortisone probutate.
Examples of suitable M3 antagonists (anticholinergics) that can be combined with β2- agonists are tiotropium salts, oxitropium salts, flutropium salts, ipratropium salts, glycopyrronium salts, trospium salts, revatropate, espatropate, 3-[2-Hydroxy-2,2-bis(2- thienyl)acetoxy]-1-(3-phenoxypropyl)-1-azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane salts, 1-(2- Phenylethyl)-3-(9H-xanthen-9-ylcarbonyloxy)-1-azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane salts, 2-oxo- 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinazoline-3-carboxylic acid endo-8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl ester salts (DAU-5884), 3-(4-Benzylpiperazin-1-yl)-1-cyclobutyl-1-hydroxy-1- phenylpropan-2-one (NPC-14695), N-[1-(6-Aminopyridin-2-ylmethyl)piperidin-4-yl]-2(R)- [3,3-difluoro-1(R)-cyclopentyl]-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetamide (J-104135), 2(R)- Cyclopentyl-2-hydroxy-N-[1-[4(S)-methylhexyl]piperidin-4-yl]-2-phenylacetamide (J- 106366), 2(R)-Cyclopentyl-2-hydroxy-N-[1-(4-methyl-3-pentenyl)-4-piperidinyl]-2- phenylacetamide (J-104129), 1 -[4-(2-Aminoethyl)piperidin-1 -yl]-2(R)-[3,3- difluorocyclopent-1 (R)-yl]-2-hydroxy-2-phenylethan-1-one (Banyu-280634), N-[N-[2-[N-[1- (Cyclohexylmethyl)piperidin-3(R)-ylmethyl]carbamoyl]ethyl]carbamoylmethyl]-3,3,3- triphenylpropionamide (Banyu CPTP), 2(R)-Cyclopentyl-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid 4- (3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl)-2-butynyl ester (Ranbaxy 364057), UCB-101333, Merck's OrM3, 7-endo-(2-hydroxy-2,2-diphenylacetoxy)-9,9-dimethyl-3-oxa-9- azoniatricyclo[3.3.1.0(2,4)]nonane salts, 7-(2,2-diphenylpropionyloxy)-7,9,9-trimethyl-3- oxa-9-azoniatricyclo[3.3.1.0*2,4*]nonane salts, 7-hydroxy-7,9,9-trimethyl-3-oxa-9- azoniatricyclo[3.3.1.0*2,4*]nonane 9-methyl-9H-fluorene-9-carboxylic acid ester salts, all of them optionally in the form of their racemates, their enantiomers, their diastereomers and mixtures thereof, and optionally in the form of their pharmacologically-compatible acid addition salts. Among the salts chlorides, bromides, iodides and methanesulphonates are preferred.
The combinations of the invention may be used in the treatment of respiratory diseases, wherein the use of bronchodilating agents is expected to have a beneficial effect, for example asthma, acute or chronic bronchitis, emphysema, or Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD).
The active compounds in the combination, i.e. the β2-agonist of the invention and the PDE4 inhibitors, corticosteroids or glucocorticoids and/or anticholinergics may be administered together in the same pharmaceutical composition or in different compositions intended for separate, simultaneous, concomitant or sequential administration by the same or a different route.
It is contemplated that all active agents would be administered at the same time, or very close in time. Alternatively, one or two actives could be taken in the morning and the other (s) later in the day. Or in another scenario, one or two actives could be taken twice daily and the other (s) once daily, either at the same time as one of the twice-a-day dosing occurred, or separately. Preferably at least two, and more preferably all, of the actives would be taken together at the same time. Preferably, at least two, and more preferably all actives would be administered as an admixture.
The active substance compositions according to the invention are preferably administered in the form of compositions for inhalation delivered with the help of inhalers, especially dry powder inhalers, however, any other form or parenteral or oral application is possible. Here, the application of inhaled compositions embodies the preferred application form, especially in the therapy of obstructive lung diseases or for the treatment of asthma.
Additional suitable carriers for formulations of the active compounds of the present invention can be found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, Pa., 2000. The following non-limiting examples illustrate representative pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
Formulation Example 1 (Oral suspension)
Figure imgf000087_0001
Formulation Example 2 (Hard gelatine capsule for oral administration)
Figure imgf000088_0001
Formulation Example 3 (Gelatin cartridge for inhalation)
Figure imgf000088_0002
Formulation Example 4 (Formulation for inhalation with a DPI)
Figure imgf000088_0003
Formulation Example 5 (Formulation for a MDI)
Figure imgf000088_0004
Biological Assays
The compounds of this invention, and their pharmaceutically-acceptable salts, exhibit biological activity and are useful for medical treatment. The ability of a compound to bind to the β adrenergic receptors, as well as its selectivity, agonist potency, and intrinsic activity can be demonstrated using Tests A to E below, or can be demonstrated using other tests that are known in the art.
TEST A Human Adrenergic B1 and β2 Receptor Binding Assays
The study of binding to human adrenergic β1 and β2 receptors was performed using commercial membranes prepared from Sf9 cells where they are overexpressed (Perkin Elmer).
The membrane suspensions (16 μg/well for β1 and 5μg/well for β2) in assay buffer, 75mM Tris/HCI with 12.5mM MgCI2 and 2mM EDTA pH=7.4, were incubated with 0.14nM 3H- CGP12177 (Amersham) and different concentrations of the test compounds, in a final volume of 250 μl, in GFC Multiscreen 96 well plates (Millipore) pretreated with + 0.3% PEI. Non specific binding was measured in the presence of 1μM propanolol. Incubation was for 60 minutes at room temperature and with gentle shaking. The binding reactions were terminated by filtration and washing with 2.5 volumes of Tris/HCI 5OmM pH=7.4. The affinity of each test compound to the receptor was determined by using at least six different concentrations ran in duplicate. IC50 values were obtained by non-linear regression using SAS.
Exemplified compounds of this invention were found to have IC50 values less than 25 nM for β2 receptor and more than 140 nM for β1 receptor
TEST B
Human Adrenergic β3 Receptor Binding Assay Membranes prepared from Human SK-N-MC neurotumor cells from the American Type Culture Collection were used as the source of IJ3 receptor. The cells were grown, and the membranes prepared following the methods described in P. K. Curran and P. H. Fishman, Cell. Signal, 1996, 8 (5), 355-364.
The assay procedure as detailed in the mentioned publication can be summarized as follows: the SK-N-MC cell line expresses both β1 and β3 receptor and for that reason, for selective binding to S3, membranes were incubated with 1nM 125I-CYP ((-)-3- [125l]lodocyanopindolol (Amersham)) and 0.3μM CGP20712A (a IS1 antagonist) in 5OmM HEPES, 4mM MgCI2 and 0.4% bovine serum albumin, pH=7.5 (assay buffer), and different concentrations of the test compounds. The final volume of the assay was 250μl. Non specific binding was defined by 100μM alprenolol. The samples were incubated 90 minutes at 3O0C with shaking.
The binding reactions were terminated by filtration through Whatman GF/C membranes, prewet in assay buffer at 40C, using a BRANDEL M-24 harvester. The filters were washed three times with 4 ml each of 50 mM Tris/HCI and 4mM MgCI2 pH 7.4, and the radioactivity, retained in the filters, measured.
The affinity of each test compound to the receptor was determined by using at least eight different concentrations ran in duplicate. IC50 values were obtained by non-linear regression using SAS. Exemplified compounds of this invention were found to have IC50 values more than 1200 nM for β3 receptor.
TEST C
Determination of agonist activity, onset and offset on electrically-stimulated guinea- pig trachea
Preparation of isolated trachea strip
Adult, male guinea pigs (400-50Og) were killed by a blow to the head with subsequent exsanguinations, and tracheas were excised and placed in Krebs solution in a Petri dish. The adherent connective tissue was dissected away and the lumen gently flushed with Krebs solution. Each trachea was dissected into rings containing 3-4 cartilage bands and the rings opened to form strips by cutting through the cartilage on the side opposite to the smooth muscle band. A long, cotton thread was attached to the cartilage at one end of the strip for attachment to the strain gauge, and a cotton loop to the other end for anchoring the tissue in the superfusion chamber containing 2.8μM indomethacin. Bipolar platinum electrodes were positioned in parallel with and in close proximity to the superfused tissue. Tissues were then left for one hour to stabilize.
Electrical-stimulation
Electrical stimulation (Coleman & Nials, 1989) was delivered as square wave pulses of 10-second trains every 2 minutes at a frequency of 5Hz and a duration of 0.1ms. In each experiment, the voltage was chosen following construction of a voltage-dependent response curve from 8-16 V and selecting a supramaximal dose within 10-15% of the maximum response. To establish a baseline, trachea strips were stimulated for a minimum of 20 minutes (10 peaks) at this supramaximal voltage.
Tissue superfusion
The superfusion apparatus employed in these experiments has been described previously (Coleman & Nials, 1989). Preparations were mounted under a resting tension of 1g. For the entire duration of the experiment trachea strips were superfused at a rate of 2ml min'1 with oxygenated (5% CO2 in O2) Krebs Henseleit solution at 370C.
Drug preparation
Stock drug solutions were prepared by dissolving the compounds in water. Stock solutions were then diluted in Krebs Henseleit solution to prepare different concentration ranges per each compound. Determination of agonist activity
Agonist activity was determined by sequentially infusing increasing concentrations of drug prepared in the Krebs solution during 30 minutes. The magnitude of each response was measured and expressed as a percentage of inhibition over the electrically-induced contractile response. Potency values for the β-adrenoceptor agonists were expressed in absolute terms (concentration required to induce a 50% inhibition, EC50).
Determination of onset of action The time to reach a 50% onset of action (T50 onset) is defined as the time spanning from drug agonist administration to 50% attainment the maximum response at an EC50 drug concentration.
The time to reach maximum onset of action (Tmax) is defined as the time spanning from drug agonist administration to attainment of a 100% of the maximum response at an EC50 concentration of drug.
Determination of offset of action
The time to 50% offset of action is defined as the time elapsed from the end of drug administration to attainment of 50% relaxation recovery.
In the same experiment, offset of action was also expressed as the percentage of recovery reached 8h after drug administration.
Exemplified compounds of this invention that were tested in this assay show EC50 values less than 1O nM with more than 500 minutes as time to 50 % recovery.
TEST D Histamine-induced bronchospasm in conscious guinea pigs Test compounds and products
The test compounds were dissolved in distilled water. Some of them need to be dissolved using 10% polyethylene glycol 300. Histamine HCI was supplied by Sigma (code H 7250) and dissolved in distilled water.
Experimental procedure
Male guinea-pigs (325-45Og) were supplied by Harlan (Netherlands), and maintained at a constant temperature of 22±2 0C, humidity 40-70% with 10 cycles of room air per hour. They were illuminated with artificial light in 12 hour cycles (from 7h am to 7h pm). A minimum of 5 days acclimatization period was left before animals were dosed with test compounds. The animals were fasted for 18 hours before the experiment with water ad libitum.
Five animals per session were placed in a methacrylate box (47x27x27 cm) which was connected to an ultrasonic nebuliser (Devilbiss Ultraneb 2000, Somerset, PA, USA). The test compounds (β2-adrenergic agonists) were administered by aerosol during 30 seconds at concentrations between 0.1 and 1000 μg/ml. Either 5 or 180 min after test compounds administration, 250 μg/ml of histamine were nebulized during 30 s to induce a bronchospasm. The animals were observed during 5 minutes after histamine administration and the time elapsed from administration to first bronchospasm was recorded.
Determination of activity, duration of action and calculations
For each treatment and dosage the percentage of delay of bronchospasm was calculated using the following formula: % delay bronchospasm = [(f- 1) / (tmax - 1)] x 100, where tmax = maximum observation time (5 min), t= time elapsed to first bronchospasm in the animals of control group, and t'= time elapsed to first bronchospasm in compound-treated animals. The EC50 was defined as the concentration dose causing a 50 % delay of bronchospasm. An EC50 was calculated for compounds administered 5 minutes or 180 min before histamine challenge and were named EC50 at 5 min and EC50 at 180 min, respectively.
Duration of action of test compounds was determined by the ratio EC50 5 min/ EC50 180 min. The compounds exhibiting a ratio EC505 min/ EC50180 min below 100 were considered long-acting.
Exemplified compounds of this invention show long duration of action.
TEST E
Acetylcholine-induced bronchoconstriction in guinea pig
Test compounds and products
The test compounds were dissolved in distilled water. Some of them need to be dissolved using a maximum of 10% polyethylene glycol 300. Acetylcholine HCI was supplied by Sigma (code A 6625) and dissolved in saline solution.
Experimental procedure
Male guinea-pigs (450-60Og) were supplied by Harlan (Netherlands), and maintained at a constant temperature of 22±2 0C, humidity 40-70% with 10 cycles of room air per hour. They were illuminated with artificial light in 12 hour cycles (from 7h am to 7h pm). A minimum of 5 days acclimatization period was left before animals were dosed with test compounds. The animals were fasted 18 hours before the experiment with water ad libitum.
Guinea pigs were exposed to an aerosol of a test compound or vehicle. These aerosols were generated from aqueous solutions using a Devilbiss nebuliser (Model Ultraneb 2000, Somerset, PA, SA). A mixture of gases (CO2=5%, O2=21 %, N2=74%) was flown through the nebuliser at 3 L/minute. This nebuliser was connected to a methacrylate box (17x17x25 cm) where the animals were placed one per session. Every guinea pig remained in the box for a total of 10 minutes. Aerosols were generated at 0 and 5 minutes during 60 seconds each one (approximately 5 mL of solution was nebulised).
Aerosol concentrations between 0.1 and 300 μg/ml of the compounds were administered. The bronchoprotective effects of test compounds were evaluated one hour or twenty four hours post-dose with a Mumed PR 800 system.
Determination of bronchoprotective effect and calculations The guinea pigs were anesthetized with an intramuscular injection of ketamine (43.75 mg/kg), xylazine (83.5 mg/kg), and acepromazine (1.05 mg/kg) at a volume of 1 ml/kg. After the surgical site was shaved, a 2-3 cm midline incision of the neck was made. The jugular vein was isolated and cannulated with a polyethylene catheter (Portex Ld.) to allow an intravenous bolus of acetylcoline (10 and 30 μg/kg iv) at 4-min intervals. The carotid artery was cannulated and the blood pressure was measured by a Bentley Tracer transducer. The trachea was dissected and cannulated with a teflon tube and connected at a pneumotachograph Fleisch for measuring the airflow. Animal was ventilated using an Ugo Basile pump, with a volume of 10 ml/kg at a rate of 60 breaths/min. The transpulmonary pressure was measured with an esophageal cannula (Venocath-14, Venisystems) connected to Celesco transducer. Once the cannulations were completed a Mumed pulmonary measurement computer program enabled the collection of pulmonary values. The baseline values were within the range of 0.3-0.9 mL/cm H2O for compliance and within the range of 0.1-0.199 cm H20/ml_ per second for lung resistance (RL).
The bronchocoprotective effect of inhaled compounds was determined with the concentration of the test compound causing a 50 % of inhibition of bronchoconstriction (EC50) induced by acetylcholine at 30 μg/kg iv
Determination of duration of action
Exemplified compounds of this invention show long duration of action.

Claims

1. A compound of formula (I):
Figure imgf000096_0001
wherein:
• R1 is a group selected from -CH2OH, -NHC(O)H and
• R2 is a hydrogen atom; or • R1 together with R2 form the group -NH-C(O)-CH=CH- wherein the nitrogen atom is bound to the carbon atom in the phenyl ring holding R1 and the carbon atom is bound to the carbon atom in the phenyl ring holding R2
• R3 is selected from hydrogen and halogen atoms or groups selected from -SO-R5, -SO2-
R5, -NH-CO-NH2, -CO-NH2, hydantoino, C^alkyl, C^alkoxy and -SO2NR5R6 • R4 is selected from hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms and C^alkyl groups
• R5 is a C1-4alkyl group or C3-8 cycloalkyl
• R6 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C1-4alkyl groups
• n, p and q are independently O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4
• m and s are independently O, 1 , 2 or 3 • r is O, 1 or 2 with the provisos that:
• at least one of m and r is not O
• the sum n+m+p+q+r+s is 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12 or 13
• the sum q+r+s is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt, solvate or stereoisomer thereof.
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein at least one of m and r is 1.
3. A compound according to claim 2 wherein the sum m+r is 1.
4. A compound according to any preceding claim wherein the sum n+m+p+q+r+s is 8, 9 or 10.
5. A compound according to any preceding claim wherein the sum q+r+s is 2, 3 or 4.
6. A compound according to any preceding claim wherein s is an integer selected from 0 and 1.
7. A compound according to any preceding claim wherein the sum n+p is 4, 5 or 6.
8. A compound according to any preceding claim wherein the sum q+s is 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
9. A compound according to any preceding claim wherein R3 is a hydrogen atom, an halogen atom or a methyl group.
10. A compound according to claim 9 wherein R3 is a chlorine or fluorine atom.
11. A compound according to claim 9 wherein R3 is a methyl group.
12. A compound according to any preceding claim wherein R4 is a hydrogen atom.
13. A compound according to anyone of claims 1-11 wherein R4 is a chlorine atom.
14. A compound according to any preceding claim wherein m and s are equal to 0, r and q are equal to 1, the sum of n and p is equal to 6 and R5 and R6 are both hydrogen atoms
15. A compound selected from the group consisting of:
('R,Sj-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol f/?,S;-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol
^f?,S>)-4-(2-{[4l4-Difluoro-6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2- (hydroxymethyl)phenol (R, Sj-4-(2-{[6-(4,4-Difluoro-4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol
(R, S;-5-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-8- hydroxyquinolin-2(1 H)-one fR,S;-4-[2-({6-[2,2-Difluoro-2-(3-methylphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1- hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
4-(CϊR;-2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol fR,S)-2-(Hydroxymethyl)-4-(1-hydroxy-2-{[4,4,5I5-tetrafluoro-6-(3- phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino}ethyl)phenol
CR,S)-[5-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2- hydroxyphenyljformamide
(R,S)-4-[2-({6-[2-(3-Bromophenyl)-2,2-difluoroethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1-hydroxyethyl]-
2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (R, S)-Λ/-[3-(1 , 1 -Difluoro-2-{[6-({2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-
(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}amino)hexyl]oxy}ethyl)phenyl]urea
3-[3-(1 , 1 -difluoro-2-{[6-({2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl) phenyl]ethyl}amino)hexyl]oxy}ethyl)phenyl]imidazolidine-2,4-dione
(R,S)-4-[2-({6-[2,2-difluoro-2-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethoxy]hexyl}amino)-1- hydroxyethyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
5-((1f?)-2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8- hydroxyquinolin-2(1 H)-one
4-((1/?)-2-{[4,4-Difluoro-6-(4-phenylbutoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol (f?,S)-4-(2-{[6-(3,3-Difluoro-3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy ethyl)-2-
(hydroxymethyl)phenol
(/?)-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)-4,4-difluorohexyl]amino}-1- hydroxyethyI)-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
(/?,S)-4-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-3-phenylpropoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxy ethyl)-2- (hydroxymethyl)phenol, hydrochloride
and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts and solvates thereof.
16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to anyone of claims 1 to 15 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
17. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 16, wherein the composition further comprises a therapeutically effective amount of one or more other therapeutic agents.
18. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 17 wherein the other therapeutic agent is a corticosteroid, an anticholinergic agent, or a PDE4 inhibitor
19. The pharmaceutical composition according to anyone of claims 16 to 18, wherein the composition is formulated for administration by inhalation.
20. A combination comprising a compound according to anyone of claims 1 to 15 and one or more other therapeutic agents.
21. The combination of claim 20 wherein the other therapeutic agent is a corticosteroid, an anticholinergic agent, or a PDE4 inhibitor.
22. A method of treating a disease or condition in a mammal associated with β2 adrenergic receptor activity, the method comprising administering to the mammal, a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition of claims 16 to 19.
23. The method of claim 22 wherein the disease or condition is a pulmonary disease.
24. The method of claim 23 wherein the pulmonary disease is asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
25. The method of claim 22 wherein the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of pre-term labor, glaucoma, neurological disorders, cardiac disorders, and inflammation.
26. The method according to anyone of claims 22 to 25 which method further comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of one or more other therapeutic agents.
27. The method of claim 26 wherein the other therapeutic agent is a corticosteroid, an anticholinergic agent, or a PDE4 inhibitor.
28. A method of modulating the activity of a β2 adrenergic receptor, the method comprising stimulating a β2 adrenergic receptor with a modulatory amount of a compound as described in anyone of claims 1 to 15.
PCT/EP2006/004680 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 DERIVATIVES OF 4-(2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL)PHENOL AS AGONISTS OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR Ceased WO2006122788A1 (en)

Priority Applications (22)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2006800248000A CN101218203B (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Fluorinated derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as β2-adrenoceptor agonists
SI200631141T SI1885684T1 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
JP2008511628A JP4966297B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4- (2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl) phenol as agonists of β2 adrenergic receptors
AU2006249146A AU2006249146B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta2 adrenergic receptor
NZ562879A NZ562879A (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
PL06742964T PL1885684T3 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
AT06742964T ATE516262T1 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 DERIVATIVES OF 4-(2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL)PHENOL AS BETA-2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
CA2608493A CA2608493C (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the .beta.2 adrenergic receptor
MX2007014144A MX2007014144A (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the ????2 adrenergic receptor.
MEP-2011-169A ME01296B (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
US11/920,561 US7964615B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the β2 adrenergic receptor
DK06742964.7T DK1885684T3 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4- (2-amoni-1-hydroxyethyl) phenol as agonists of beta-2-adrenergic receptor
UAA200713927A UA91364C2 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
HK08101849.3A HK1107976B (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
BRPI0612926A BRPI0612926B8 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol fluorinated compounds as β2 adrenergic receptor agonists, pharmaceutical composition, combination and use of a compound
KR1020077027000A KR101363185B1 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 DERIVATIVES OF 4-(2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL)PHENOL AS AGONISTS OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR
EP06742964A EP1885684B9 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
HR20110670T HRP20110670T1 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
IL187098A IL187098A (en) 2005-05-20 2007-11-01 Derivatives of 4 - (2 - amino - 1 hydroxyethyl) phenol as agonists of the beta2 adrenergic receptor
NO20076498A NO339984B1 (en) 2005-05-20 2007-12-18 Derivatives of 4- (2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl) phenol as agonists of the beta2-adrenergic receptor
US13/094,163 US8420669B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2011-04-26 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the BETA2 adrenergic receptor
US13/094,156 US8242177B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2011-04-26 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the β2 adrenergic receptor

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
ESP200501229 2005-05-20
ES200501229A ES2265276B1 (en) 2005-05-20 2005-05-20 DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) Phenol as agonists of the BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER.

Related Child Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/920,561 A-371-Of-International US7964615B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the β2 adrenergic receptor
US13/094,163 Division US8420669B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2011-04-26 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the BETA2 adrenergic receptor
US13/094,156 Division US8242177B2 (en) 2005-05-20 2011-04-26 Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the β2 adrenergic receptor

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006122788A1 true WO2006122788A1 (en) 2006-11-23

Family

ID=35414719

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2006/004680 Ceased WO2006122788A1 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-05-17 DERIVATIVES OF 4-(2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL)PHENOL AS AGONISTS OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR

Country Status (32)

Country Link
US (3) US7964615B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1885684B9 (en)
JP (2) JP4966297B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101363185B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101218203B (en)
AR (1) AR058005A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE516262T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2006249146B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0612926B8 (en)
CA (1) CA2608493C (en)
CY (1) CY1111834T1 (en)
DK (1) DK1885684T3 (en)
ES (2) ES2265276B1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20110670T1 (en)
IL (1) IL187098A (en)
ME (1) ME01296B (en)
MX (1) MX2007014144A (en)
MY (1) MY147443A (en)
NO (1) NO339984B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ562879A (en)
PE (1) PE20061425A1 (en)
PL (1) PL1885684T3 (en)
PT (1) PT1885684E (en)
RS (1) RS51963B (en)
RU (1) RU2440330C2 (en)
SG (1) SG161302A1 (en)
SI (1) SI1885684T1 (en)
TW (1) TWI392664B (en)
UA (1) UA91364C2 (en)
UY (1) UY29534A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2006122788A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200709231B (en)

Cited By (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008095720A1 (en) * 2007-02-09 2008-08-14 Almirall, S.A. Napadisylate salt of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one as agonist of the beta 2 adrenergic receptor
ES2320961A1 (en) * 2007-11-28 2009-05-29 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta2 adrenergic receptor
EP2108641A1 (en) 2008-04-11 2009-10-14 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. New substituted spiro[cycloalkyl-1,3'-indo]-2'(1'H)-one derivatives and their use as p38 mitogen-activated kinase inhibitors
EP2113503A1 (en) 2008-04-28 2009-11-04 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. New substituted indolin-2-one derivatives and their use as p39 mitogen-activated kinase inhibitors
WO2010072354A1 (en) 2008-12-22 2010-07-01 Almirall, S.A. MESYLATE SALT OF 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-DIFLUORO-2-PHENYLETHOXY)HEXYL]AMINO }-1-HYDROXYETHYL)-8-HYDROXYQUINOLIN-2(1H)-ONE AS AGONIST OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR
EP2221055A1 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-25 Almirall, S.A. 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one for the treatment of lung function
EP2221297A1 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-25 Almirall, S.A. 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one and its use in the treatment of pulmonary diseases
WO2010097172A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Almirall, S.A. New tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]isoquinolin-5-amine derivatives
EP2228368A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-15 Almirall, S.A. Process for manufacturing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one
WO2011061527A1 (en) 2009-11-17 2011-05-26 Astrazeneca Ab Combinations comprising a glucocorticoid receptor modulator for the treatment of respiratory diseases
EP2338888A1 (en) 2009-12-24 2011-06-29 Almirall, S.A. Imidazopyridine derivatives as JAK inhibitors
EP2360158A1 (en) 2010-02-18 2011-08-24 Almirall, S.A. Pyrazole derivatives as jak inhibitors
WO2011101161A1 (en) 2010-02-18 2011-08-25 Almirall, S.A. Pyrazole derivatives as jak inhibitors
EP2380890A1 (en) 2010-04-23 2011-10-26 Almirall, S.A. New 7,8-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-5(6h)-one-derivatives as PDE4 inhibitors
EP2394998A1 (en) 2010-05-31 2011-12-14 Almirall, S.A. 3-(5-Amino-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridazin-3-yl)-biphenyl derivatives as PDE4 inhibitors
EP2397482A1 (en) 2010-06-15 2011-12-21 Almirall, S.A. Heteroaryl imidazolone derivatives as jak inhibitors
WO2012041476A1 (en) 2010-09-30 2012-04-05 Almirall, S.A. Pyridine and isoquinoline derivatives as syk- and jak-kinase inhibitors
WO2012046050A1 (en) 2010-10-07 2012-04-12 Astrazeneca Ab Novel combinations
EP2457900A1 (en) 2010-11-25 2012-05-30 Almirall, S.A. New pyrazole derivatives having CRTh2 antagonistic behaviour
WO2012069202A1 (en) 2010-11-26 2012-05-31 Almirall,S.A. Imidazo [1,2-b] pyridazine and imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine derivatives as jak inhibitors
EP2489663A1 (en) 2011-02-16 2012-08-22 Almirall, S.A. Compounds as syk kinase inhibitors
US8258308B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2012-09-04 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. Amino nicotinic and isonicotinic acid derivatives as DHODH inhibitors
EP2518070A1 (en) 2011-04-29 2012-10-31 Almirall, S.A. Pyrrolotriazinone derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
EP2518071A1 (en) 2011-04-29 2012-10-31 Almirall, S.A. Imidazopyridine derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
EP2526945A1 (en) 2011-05-25 2012-11-28 Almirall, S.A. New CRTH2 Antagonists
EP2527344A1 (en) 2011-05-25 2012-11-28 Almirall, S.A. Pyridin-2(1H)-one derivatives useful as medicaments for the treatment of myeloproliferative disorders, transplant rejection, immune-mediated and inflammatory diseases
EP2548876A1 (en) 2011-07-18 2013-01-23 Almirall, S.A. New CRTh2 antagonists
EP2548863A1 (en) 2011-07-18 2013-01-23 Almirall, S.A. New CRTh2 antagonists.
US8362073B2 (en) 2008-05-05 2013-01-29 Sanofi Acylamino-substituted fused cyclopentanecarboxylic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals
EP2554544A1 (en) 2011-08-01 2013-02-06 Almirall, S.A. Pyridin-2(1h)-one derivatives as jak inhibitors
EP2578570A1 (en) 2011-10-07 2013-04-10 Almirall, S.A. Novel process for preparing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1(r)-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one via novel intermediates of synthesis.
US8501943B2 (en) 2009-03-13 2013-08-06 Almirall, S.A. Sodium salt of 5-cyclopropyl-2-{[2-(2,6-difluorophenyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]amino}benzoic acid as DHODH inhibitor
US8536165B2 (en) 2007-08-10 2013-09-17 Almirall, S.A. Azabiphenylaminobenzoic acid derivatives as DHODH inhibitors
EP2641900A1 (en) 2012-03-20 2013-09-25 Almirall, S.A. Novel polymorphic Crystal forms of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl]amino}-1-(R)-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one, heminapadisylate as agonist of the ß2 adrenergic receptor.
US8598363B2 (en) 2009-10-16 2013-12-03 Almirall, S.A. Process for manufacturing 2-[(3,5-difluoro-3′-methoxy-1,1′biphenyl-4-yl)amino]nicotinic acid
EP2668941A1 (en) 2012-05-31 2013-12-04 Almirall, S.A. Novel dosage form and formulation of abediterol
US8618304B2 (en) 2009-11-02 2013-12-31 Sanofi Acylamino-substituted cyclic carboxylic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals
WO2014060431A1 (en) 2012-10-16 2014-04-24 Almirall, S.A. Pyrrolotriazinone derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
EP2738172A1 (en) 2012-11-28 2014-06-04 Almirall, S.A. New bicyclic compounds as crac channel modulators
WO2014124757A1 (en) 2013-02-15 2014-08-21 Almirall, S.A. Pyrrolotriazine derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
US8865728B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2014-10-21 Almirall, S.A. Combinations comprising methotrexate and DHODH inhibitors
EP2848615A1 (en) 2013-07-03 2015-03-18 Almirall, S.A. New pyrazole derivatives as CRAC channel modulators
US10288602B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2019-05-14 Atrogi Ab Screening method, a kit, a method of treatment and a compound for use in a method of treatement
US11357757B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2022-06-14 Atrogi Ab Heteroaryl substituted beta-hydroxyethylamines for use in treating hyperglycaemia
WO2022172292A1 (en) * 2021-02-09 2022-08-18 Gbr Laboratories Private Limited A process for preparing abediterol and intermediates thereof
US11427539B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2022-08-30 Atrogi Ab Beta-hydroxy heterocyclic amines and their use in the treatment of hyperglycaemia
US11648216B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2023-05-16 Atrogi Ab Fluorophenyl beta-hydroxyethylamines and their use in the treatment of hyperglycaemia
US11793774B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2023-10-24 Atrogi Ab Chiral beta-hydroxyethylamines and their use in the treatment of hyperglycemia
WO2023203223A1 (en) 2022-04-22 2023-10-26 Atrogi Ab Combinations of beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists and beta 3-adrenergic receptor agonists, and medical uses thereof
WO2024153813A1 (en) 2023-01-20 2024-07-25 Atrogi Ab Beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists for treatment or prevention of muscle wasting
WO2024170727A1 (en) 2023-02-16 2024-08-22 Atrogi Ab Combinations of beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists and metformin for use in treating obesity and reducing body fat
WO2024184408A1 (en) 2023-03-06 2024-09-12 Atrogi Ab Combination of beta-2-adrenergic receptor agonists and glp-1 receptor agonists for use in treating hyperglycaemia
US12378216B2 (en) 2019-03-20 2025-08-05 Atrogi Ab Heteroaryl(heterocyclyl)methanol compounds useful in the treatment of hyperglycaemia
WO2025186320A1 (en) 2024-03-05 2025-09-12 Atrogi Ab Combinations of beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists and sglt2 inhibitors for use in treating hyperglycaemia or a disorder characterized by hyperglycaemia
WO2025238248A1 (en) 2024-05-17 2025-11-20 Atrogi Ab USE OF β2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS IN TREATING MUSCLE WASTING

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2265276B1 (en) 2005-05-20 2008-02-01 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) Phenol as agonists of the BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER.
ES2296516B1 (en) * 2006-04-27 2009-04-01 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) Phenol as agonists of the BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER.
ES2302447B1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2009-06-12 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) Phenol as agonists of the BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER.
EP2096105A1 (en) * 2008-02-28 2009-09-02 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the b2 adrenergic receptor
EP2322176A1 (en) 2009-11-11 2011-05-18 Almirall, S.A. New 7-phenyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-3(2H)-one derivatives
US10526293B2 (en) * 2014-09-08 2020-01-07 Showa Denko K.K. Method for producing fullerene derivative
CN119019314B (en) * 2024-09-26 2025-04-22 中国科学技术大学 Method for synthesizing Abediterol precursor
CN119264033B (en) * 2024-09-26 2025-07-04 中国科学技术大学 Synthesis method of oxygen-18 substituted Abediterol precursor

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2140800A (en) * 1983-04-18 1984-12-05 Glaxo Group Ltd Phenethanolamine derivatives
GB2160863A (en) * 1984-06-11 1986-01-02 Glaxo Group Ltd Ethanolamine compounds

Family Cites Families (103)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AT334335B (en) 1973-03-01 1976-01-10 Basf Ag PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF 1-PHENYL-2-AMINOATHANOLEN- (1)
US2579479A (en) 1950-01-23 1951-12-25 Syntex Sa delta 1, 4-pregnadiene-17alpha-ol-3-ones
US2837464A (en) 1955-01-11 1958-06-03 Schering Corp Process for production of dienes by corynebacteria
US2897216A (en) 1954-11-01 1959-07-28 Schering Corp Process for the preparation of steroidal dienes and intermediates obtained thereby
US3053865A (en) 1958-03-19 1962-09-11 Merck & Co Inc Novel 16-alkyl and 16-alkylene steroids and processes
GB869511A (en) 1958-05-26 1961-05-31 Upjohn Co Improvements in or relating to steroids and the manufacture thereof
US3007923A (en) 1959-01-22 1961-11-07 Lab Francais Chimiotherapie Process for the fluorination of 9beta, 11beta-epoxy and 5alpha, 6alpha-epoxy steroids
US3104246A (en) 1961-08-18 1963-09-17 Roussel Uclaf Process of preparation of beta-methasone
US3134719A (en) 1962-04-05 1964-05-26 American Cyanamid Co Calcium phosphates in tablet compressing
GB1200886A (en) 1966-09-23 1970-08-05 Allen & Hanburys Ltd Phenylaminoethanol derivatives
GB1247370A (en) 1968-12-31 1971-09-22 Allen & Hanburys Ltd Glyoxals and production thereof
US3678137A (en) * 1970-10-15 1972-07-18 Smith Kline French Lab Adamantyl-substituted-alkyl 2-aminoethyl phosphates and phosphonates
BE786713A (en) 1971-07-27 1973-01-25 Sandoz Sa NEW AMINO-ALCOHOLS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICINAL PRODUCTS
SE378109B (en) 1972-05-19 1975-08-18 Bofors Ab
US3975391A (en) * 1973-12-26 1976-08-17 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Company Limited 5-[1-Hydroxy-2-(substituted-amino)]ethyl-8-hydroxy-3,4-dihydrocarbostyril derivatives
US4068076A (en) * 1972-12-29 1978-01-10 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 5-(1-Hydroxy-2-(heterocyclic amino))ethyl-8-hydroxy-3,4-dihydrocarbostyril derivatives
DE2310140A1 (en) 1973-03-01 1974-09-12 Basf Ag Bronchodilatory 1-subst. phenyl-2-aminoethanols - prepd. by reacting phenylethylene oxides with amines and removing protecting gps.
GB1468156A (en) 1973-07-19 1977-03-23 Ici Ltd Phenylethylamine derivatives
US4026897A (en) * 1974-01-31 1977-05-31 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Company 5-[1-Hydroxy-2-(substituted-amino)]alkyl-8-hydroxycarbostyril derivatives
JPS5649907B2 (en) * 1974-02-01 1981-11-25
US4022784A (en) * 1974-01-31 1977-05-10 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Company Limited 5-[1-Hydroxy-2-(substituted-amino)]alkyl-8-substituted-carbostyril and -3,4-dihydrocarbostyril derivatives
US4145542A (en) * 1974-06-13 1979-03-20 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 5- 1-Hydroxy-2-(heterocyclic-amino)!alkyl-8-hydroxy-3,4-dihydrocarbostyril derivatives
US3994901A (en) * 1974-06-13 1976-11-30 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Company Limited 5-[1-Hydroxy-2-(substituted-amino)]alkyl-8-hydroxy-3,4-dihydrocarbostyril derivatives
JPS597706B2 (en) 1975-06-13 1984-02-20 オオツカセイヤク カブシキガイシヤ Calbostyril Yudou Tainoseizohou
DE2965655D1 (en) 1978-06-28 1983-07-21 Beecham Group Plc Secondary amines, their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use
IT7920688U1 (en) 1979-02-05 1980-08-05 Chiesi Paolo Inhaler for powdered medicinal substances, with combined dosing function
CY1359A (en) 1981-02-02 1987-08-07 Schering Corp Aromatic heterocyclic esters of steroids, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
DE3274065D1 (en) 1981-07-08 1986-12-11 Draco Ab POWDER INHALATOR
GB8310477D0 (en) * 1983-04-18 1983-05-25 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
US4570630A (en) 1983-08-03 1986-02-18 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Medicament inhalation device
JPS6010032B2 (en) 1983-10-31 1985-03-14 大塚製薬株式会社 carbostyril derivatives
GB8334494D0 (en) 1983-12-24 1984-02-01 Tanabe Seiyaku Co Carbostyril derivatives
US4853381A (en) * 1984-04-17 1989-08-01 Glaxo Group Limited Ethanolamine compounds
FI69963C (en) 1984-10-04 1986-09-12 Orion Yhtymae Oy DOSERINGSANORDNING
JPS6485964A (en) 1987-03-12 1989-03-30 Glaxo Group Ltd Compound
AU609209B2 (en) * 1987-11-13 1991-04-26 Glaxo Group Limited Phenethanolamine derivatives
DE3927170A1 (en) 1989-08-17 1991-02-21 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg INHALATOR
JPH03178929A (en) 1989-09-07 1991-08-02 Glaxo Group Ltd Therapeutic compound for treating inflammation and allergy
IT1237118B (en) 1989-10-27 1993-05-18 Miat Spa MULTI-DOSE INHALER FOR POWDER DRUGS.
US5201308A (en) * 1990-02-14 1993-04-13 Newhouse Michael T Powder inhaler
GB9004781D0 (en) 1990-03-02 1990-04-25 Glaxo Group Ltd Device
SG45171A1 (en) 1990-03-21 1998-01-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Atomising devices and methods
GB9015522D0 (en) 1990-07-13 1990-08-29 Braithwaite Philip W Inhaler
WO1992003175A1 (en) 1990-08-11 1992-03-05 Fisons Plc Inhalation device
US5507281A (en) * 1990-08-30 1996-04-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Device for initiating a mechanical switching operation in synchronism with the breathing
DE4027391A1 (en) * 1990-08-30 1992-03-12 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg GAS-FREE INHALATION DEVICE
GR1001529B (en) 1990-09-07 1994-03-31 Elmuquimica Farm Sl Process for the obtainment of a new pregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione -16-17-acetal-21 esters
DE69132850T2 (en) 1990-09-26 2002-05-29 Pharmachemie B.V., Haarlem Cyclone powder inhaler
GB9026025D0 (en) 1990-11-29 1991-01-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Kg Inhalation device
AU650953B2 (en) * 1991-03-21 1994-07-07 Novartis Ag Inhaler
NO179246C (en) * 1991-11-20 1996-09-04 Sankyo Co Aromatic amino-alcohol derivatives and intermediates for their preparation
DE4239402A1 (en) 1992-11-24 1994-05-26 Bayer Ag Multiple dosage powder inhaler - has acceleration channel and dwell chamber for uniformly high drug dispersion
DK0674533T3 (en) 1992-12-18 1999-09-27 Schering Corp Powdered Inhaler
TR199701169T1 (en) 1995-04-14 1998-03-21 Glaxo Wellcome Inc. Metered dose inhaler for salmeterol.
ATE209518T1 (en) 1995-06-21 2001-12-15 Asta Medica Ag MEDICINAL POWDER CARTRIDGE WITH INTEGRATED DOSING DEVICE AND POWDER INHALER
DE19536902A1 (en) 1995-10-04 1997-04-10 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Miniature fluid pressure generating device
ES2171839T3 (en) * 1996-09-05 2002-09-16 Lilly Co Eli CARBAZOL ANALOGS AS BETA3 SELECTIVE ADRENERGIC AGONISTS.
WO1998009632A1 (en) 1996-09-06 1998-03-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Methods and compositions for treating preterm labor
SE9704644D0 (en) 1997-12-12 1997-12-12 Astra Ab New use
US6541669B1 (en) * 1998-06-08 2003-04-01 Theravance, Inc. β2-adrenergic receptor agonists
US6683115B2 (en) * 1999-06-02 2004-01-27 Theravance, Inc. β2-adrenergic receptor agonists
AUPQ407699A0 (en) 1999-11-16 1999-12-09 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Aminoalcohol derivatives
OA11558A (en) 1999-12-08 2004-06-03 Advanced Medicine Inc Beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists.
SI1775305T1 (en) 2000-08-05 2015-01-30 Glaxo Group Limited 6.Alpha.,9.alpha.-difluoro-17.alpha.-'(2-furanylcarboxyl) oxyĆ-11.beta.-hydroxy-16.alpha.-methyl-3-oxo-androst-1,4,-diene-17-carbothiotic acid s-fluoromethyl ester as an anti-inflammatory agent
GB0103630D0 (en) * 2001-02-14 2001-03-28 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
US7144908B2 (en) 2001-03-08 2006-12-05 Glaxo Group Limited Agonists of beta-adrenoceptors
WO2002092606A1 (en) 2001-05-15 2002-11-21 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Fused imidazolidine derivatives, process for preparation of the same and use thereof
DE10129703A1 (en) 2001-06-22 2003-01-02 Sofotec Gmbh & Co Kg Atomizing system for a powder mixture and method for dry powder inhalers
TWI249515B (en) * 2001-11-13 2006-02-21 Theravance Inc Aryl aniline beta2 adrenergic receptor agonists
US6653323B2 (en) * 2001-11-13 2003-11-25 Theravance, Inc. Aryl aniline β2 adrenergic receptor agonists
US7258118B2 (en) * 2002-01-24 2007-08-21 Sofotec Gmbh & Co, Kg Pharmaceutical powder cartridge, and inhaler equipped with same
DE10202940A1 (en) 2002-01-24 2003-07-31 Sofotec Gmbh & Co Kg Cartridge for a powder inhaler
GB0204719D0 (en) * 2002-02-28 2002-04-17 Glaxo Group Ltd Medicinal compounds
JP2005519110A (en) * 2002-03-04 2005-06-30 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム ファルマ ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング ウント コンパニー コマンディトゲゼルシャフト Novel cinnamate, its preparation method and use as pharmaceutical
ES2195785B1 (en) 2002-05-16 2005-03-16 Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A. NEW DERIVATIVES OF PIRIDAZIN-3 (2H) -ONA.
WO2003099764A1 (en) 2002-05-28 2003-12-04 Theravance, Inc. ALKOXY ARYL β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
GB0217225D0 (en) 2002-07-25 2002-09-04 Glaxo Group Ltd Medicinal compounds
AR040661A1 (en) 2002-07-26 2005-04-13 Theravance Inc CRYSTAL DICHLORHYDRATE OF N- {2 - [- ((R) -2-HYDROXI-2-PHENYLETHYLAMINE) PHENYL] ETIL} - (R) -2 HYDROXY-2- (3-FORMAMIDE-4-HYDROXYPHENYL) ETHYLAMINE, RECEIVER AGONIST BETA 2 ADRENERGIC
ES2211344B1 (en) 2002-12-26 2005-10-01 Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A. NEW DERIVATIVES OF PIRIDAZIN-3 (2H) -ONA.
PE20040950A1 (en) * 2003-02-14 2005-01-01 Theravance Inc BIPHENYL DERIVATIVES AS AGONISTS OF ß2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTORS AND AS ANTAGONISTS OF MUSCARINAL RECEPTORS
JP4767842B2 (en) 2003-04-01 2011-09-07 セラヴァンス， インコーポレーテッド Diarylmethyl compounds and related compounds having β2 adrenergic receptor agonist activity and muscarinic receptor antagonist activity
TW200510277A (en) 2003-05-27 2005-03-16 Theravance Inc Crystalline form of β2-adrenergic receptor agonist
TW200526547A (en) 2003-09-22 2005-08-16 Theravance Inc Amino-substituted ethylamino β2 adrenergic receptor agonists
ES2232306B1 (en) 2003-11-10 2006-08-01 Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A. NEW DERIVATIVES OF PIRIDAZIN-3 (2H) -ONA.
TW200531692A (en) * 2004-01-12 2005-10-01 Theravance Inc Aryl aniline derivatives as β2 adrenergic receptor agonists
EP1577291A1 (en) 2004-03-17 2005-09-21 Pfizer Limited Phenylethanolamine derivatives as beta-2 agonists
EP1730103B1 (en) * 2004-03-23 2010-05-26 Pfizer Limited Formamide derivatives useful as adrenoceptor
CN1984876A (en) * 2004-06-03 2007-06-20 施万制药 Diamine β2-adrenoceptor agonists
ES2251866B1 (en) 2004-06-18 2007-06-16 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. NEW DERIVATIVES OF PIRIDAZIN-3 (2H) -ONA.
WO2006014704A1 (en) * 2004-07-21 2006-02-09 Theravance, Inc. DIARYL ETHER β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS
TWI374883B (en) * 2004-08-16 2012-10-21 Theravance Inc Crystalline form of a biphenyl compound
US20060205949A1 (en) 2005-03-10 2006-09-14 Theravance, Inc. Crystalline forms of a biphenyl compound
ES2265276B1 (en) 2005-05-20 2008-02-01 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) Phenol as agonists of the BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER.
ES2296516B1 (en) * 2006-04-27 2009-04-01 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) Phenol as agonists of the BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER.
ES2302447B1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2009-06-12 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) Phenol as agonists of the BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER.
ES2306595B1 (en) * 2007-02-09 2009-09-11 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. NAPADISYLATE SALT OF 5- (2 - ((6- (2,2-DIFLUORO-2-PHENYLETOXI) HEXIL) AMINO) -1-HYDROXYETHYL) -8-HYDROXYCHINOLIN-2 (1H) -ONE AS ADRENERGIC RECEIVER AGONIST BETA2 .
ES2320961B1 (en) 2007-11-28 2010-03-17 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) PHENOL AS BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER AGONISTS.
EP2096105A1 (en) 2008-02-28 2009-09-02 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the b2 adrenergic receptor
UY32297A (en) 2008-12-22 2010-05-31 Almirall Sa MESILATE SALT OF 5- (2 - {[6- (2,2-DIFLUORO-2-PHENYLITOXI) HEXIL] AMINO} -1-HYDROXYETHYL) -8-HYDROXYCHINOLIN-2 (1H) -ONA AS A RECEIVER AGONIST B (BETA ) 2 ACRENERGIC
EP2221055A1 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-25 Almirall, S.A. 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one for the treatment of lung function
EP2221297A1 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-25 Almirall, S.A. 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one and its use in the treatment of pulmonary diseases
EP2228368A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-15 Almirall, S.A. Process for manufacturing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one
DE202009006441U1 (en) 2009-05-02 2009-07-09 Nies, Klaus-Dieter Packaging unit of an insulating product

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2140800A (en) * 1983-04-18 1984-12-05 Glaxo Group Ltd Phenethanolamine derivatives
GB2160863A (en) * 1984-06-11 1986-01-02 Glaxo Group Ltd Ethanolamine compounds

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ISMAIL F M D: "Important fluorinated drugs in experimental and clinical use", JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY, ELSEVIER SEQUOIA, LAUSANNE, CH, vol. 118, no. 1-2, 1 December 2002 (2002-12-01), pages 27 - 33, XP004393604, ISSN: 0022-1139 *
SMART B E: "Fluorine substituent effects (on bioactivity)", JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY, ELSEVIER SEQUOIA, LAUSANNE, CH, vol. 109, no. 1, June 2001 (2001-06-01), pages 3 - 11, XP004246489, ISSN: 0022-1139 *

Cited By (101)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8258308B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2012-09-04 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. Amino nicotinic and isonicotinic acid derivatives as DHODH inhibitors
US8691852B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2014-04-08 Amirall, S.A. Amino nicotinic and isonicotinic acid derivatives as DHODH inhibitors
KR101493538B1 (en) * 2007-02-09 2015-02-13 알미랄, 에스.에이. Napadisylate salt of 5-(2-｛［6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl］amino｝-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1ｈ)-one as agonist of the beta 2 adrenergic receptor
ES2306595B1 (en) * 2007-02-09 2009-09-11 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. NAPADISYLATE SALT OF 5- (2 - ((6- (2,2-DIFLUORO-2-PHENYLETOXI) HEXIL) AMINO) -1-HYDROXYETHYL) -8-HYDROXYCHINOLIN-2 (1H) -ONE AS ADRENERGIC RECEIVER AGONIST BETA2 .
WO2008095720A1 (en) * 2007-02-09 2008-08-14 Almirall, S.A. Napadisylate salt of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one as agonist of the beta 2 adrenergic receptor
JP2010518038A (en) * 2007-02-09 2010-05-27 アルミラル・ソシエダッド・アノニマ 5- (2-{[6- (2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl] amino} -1-hydroxyethyl) -8-hydroxyquinoline-2 (1H) as an agonist of the β2 adrenergic receptor -On napadisylate
CN101679269B (en) * 2007-02-09 2013-02-13 阿尔米雷尔有限公司 Napadisylate salt of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one as agonist of the beta 2 adrenergic receptor
TWI396535B (en) * 2007-02-09 2013-05-21 Almirall Sa Napadisylate salt of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one as agonist of the β2 adrenergic receptor
AU2008213109B2 (en) * 2007-02-09 2012-12-06 Almirall, S.A. Napadisylate salt of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one as agonist of the beta 2 adrenergic receptor
RU2495029C2 (en) * 2007-02-09 2013-10-10 Альмираль, С.А. 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-DIFLURO-2-PHENYLETHOXY)HEXYL]AMINO}-1-HYDROXYETHYL)-8-HYDROXYQUINOLIN-2(1H)-ONE HEMINAPADISYLATE AS β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONIST
ES2306595A1 (en) * 2007-02-09 2008-11-01 Laboratorios Almirall S.A. Napadisylate salt of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one as agonist of the beta 2 adrenergic receptor
US8536165B2 (en) 2007-08-10 2013-09-17 Almirall, S.A. Azabiphenylaminobenzoic acid derivatives as DHODH inhibitors
ES2320961B1 (en) * 2007-11-28 2010-03-17 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. DERIVATIVES OF 4- (2-AMINO-1-HYDROXYETHYL) PHENOL AS BETA2 ADRENERGIC RECEIVER AGONISTS.
ES2320961A1 (en) * 2007-11-28 2009-05-29 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta2 adrenergic receptor
EP2108641A1 (en) 2008-04-11 2009-10-14 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. New substituted spiro[cycloalkyl-1,3'-indo]-2'(1'H)-one derivatives and their use as p38 mitogen-activated kinase inhibitors
EP2113503A1 (en) 2008-04-28 2009-11-04 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. New substituted indolin-2-one derivatives and their use as p39 mitogen-activated kinase inhibitors
US8802720B2 (en) 2008-05-05 2014-08-12 Sanofi Acylamino-substituted fused cyclopentanecarboxylic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals
US8362073B2 (en) 2008-05-05 2013-01-29 Sanofi Acylamino-substituted fused cyclopentanecarboxylic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals
US9328071B2 (en) 2008-05-05 2016-05-03 Sanofi Acylamino-substituted fused cyclopentanecarboxylic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals
US8445530B2 (en) 2008-05-05 2013-05-21 Sanofi Acylamino-substituted fused cyclopentanecarboxylic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals
US8865728B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2014-10-21 Almirall, S.A. Combinations comprising methotrexate and DHODH inhibitors
KR101738700B1 (en) 2008-12-22 2017-05-22 알미랄, 에스.에이. (2 - {[6- (2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl] amino} -1-hydroxyethyl) -8-hydroxyquinolinone as an agonist of? 2 adrenergic receptor. 2 (1H) -one &lt; / RTI &gt;
EA019440B1 (en) * 2008-12-22 2014-03-31 Альмираль, С.А. MESYLATE SALT OF 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-DIFLUORO-2-PHENYLETHOXY)HEXYL]AMINO}-1-HYDROXYETHYL)-8-HYDROXYQUINOLIN-2(1H)-ONE AS AGONIST OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR
WO2010072354A1 (en) 2008-12-22 2010-07-01 Almirall, S.A. MESYLATE SALT OF 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-DIFLUORO-2-PHENYLETHOXY)HEXYL]AMINO }-1-HYDROXYETHYL)-8-HYDROXYQUINOLIN-2(1H)-ONE AS AGONIST OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR
AU2009331961B2 (en) * 2008-12-22 2015-11-12 Almirall, S.A. Mesylate salt of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino }-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one as agonist of the beta2 adrenergic receptor
EP2221055A1 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-25 Almirall, S.A. 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one for the treatment of lung function
EP2221297A1 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-25 Almirall, S.A. 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one and its use in the treatment of pulmonary diseases
CN102325530A (en) * 2009-02-18 2012-01-18 奥米罗有限公司 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-Difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinoline for the treatment of pulmonary function- 2(1H)-keto
WO2010094483A1 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-26 Almirall, S.A. 5- (2-{ [6- (2, 2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl] amino} -1-hydroxyethyl) -8-hydroxyquinolin-2 (ih)-one for the treatment of lung function
WO2010094484A1 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-26 Almirall, S.A. 5- (2-{ [6- (2, 2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl] amino}-l-hydroxyethyl) -8-hydroxyquin olin-2 (1h)-one and its use in the treatment of pulmonary diseases
CN105326838A (en) * 2009-02-18 2016-02-17 阿尔米雷尔有限公司 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one for the treatment of lung function
EA022442B1 (en) * 2009-02-18 2016-01-29 Альмираль, С.А. 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one for the treatment of lung function
WO2010097172A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Almirall, S.A. New tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]isoquinolin-5-amine derivatives
EP2226323A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-08 Almirall, S.A. New tetrahydropyrazolo[3,4-c]isoquinolin-5-amine derivatives
CN102348691A (en) * 2009-03-12 2012-02-08 奥米罗有限公司 Process for manufacturing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenyiethoxy) hexyl]amino}-l- hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one.
EA018908B1 (en) * 2009-03-12 2013-11-29 Альмираль, С.А. Process for manufacturing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenyiethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1- hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one
WO2010102831A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-16 Almirall, S.A. Process for manufacturing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenyiethoxy) hexyl]amino}-l- hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one.
EP2228368A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2010-09-15 Almirall, S.A. Process for manufacturing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one
US8524908B2 (en) 2009-03-12 2013-09-03 Almirall, S.A. Process for manufacturing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one
AU2010223464B2 (en) * 2009-03-12 2015-09-03 Almirall, S.A. Process for manufacturing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenyiethoxy) hexyl]amino}-l- hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one.
US8501943B2 (en) 2009-03-13 2013-08-06 Almirall, S.A. Sodium salt of 5-cyclopropyl-2-{[2-(2,6-difluorophenyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]amino}benzoic acid as DHODH inhibitor
US8598363B2 (en) 2009-10-16 2013-12-03 Almirall, S.A. Process for manufacturing 2-[(3,5-difluoro-3′-methoxy-1,1′biphenyl-4-yl)amino]nicotinic acid
US8618304B2 (en) 2009-11-02 2013-12-31 Sanofi Acylamino-substituted cyclic carboxylic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals
US9018383B2 (en) 2009-11-02 2015-04-28 Sanofi Acylamino-substituted cyclic carboxylic acid derivatives and their use as pharmaceuticals
WO2011061527A1 (en) 2009-11-17 2011-05-26 Astrazeneca Ab Combinations comprising a glucocorticoid receptor modulator for the treatment of respiratory diseases
EP2338888A1 (en) 2009-12-24 2011-06-29 Almirall, S.A. Imidazopyridine derivatives as JAK inhibitors
WO2011076419A1 (en) 2009-12-24 2011-06-30 Almirall, S.A. Imidazopyridine derivatives as jak inhibitors
EP2360158A1 (en) 2010-02-18 2011-08-24 Almirall, S.A. Pyrazole derivatives as jak inhibitors
WO2011101161A1 (en) 2010-02-18 2011-08-25 Almirall, S.A. Pyrazole derivatives as jak inhibitors
EP2380890A1 (en) 2010-04-23 2011-10-26 Almirall, S.A. New 7,8-dihydro-1,6-naphthyridin-5(6h)-one-derivatives as PDE4 inhibitors
EP2394998A1 (en) 2010-05-31 2011-12-14 Almirall, S.A. 3-(5-Amino-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridazin-3-yl)-biphenyl derivatives as PDE4 inhibitors
EP2397482A1 (en) 2010-06-15 2011-12-21 Almirall, S.A. Heteroaryl imidazolone derivatives as jak inhibitors
WO2011157397A1 (en) 2010-06-15 2011-12-22 Almirall, S.A. Heteroaryl imidazolone derivatives as jak inhibitors
EP2441755A1 (en) 2010-09-30 2012-04-18 Almirall, S.A. Pyridine- and isoquinoline-derivatives as Syk and JAK kinase inhibitors
WO2012041476A1 (en) 2010-09-30 2012-04-05 Almirall, S.A. Pyridine and isoquinoline derivatives as syk- and jak-kinase inhibitors
WO2012046050A1 (en) 2010-10-07 2012-04-12 Astrazeneca Ab Novel combinations
EP2457900A1 (en) 2010-11-25 2012-05-30 Almirall, S.A. New pyrazole derivatives having CRTh2 antagonistic behaviour
WO2012069175A1 (en) 2010-11-25 2012-05-31 Almirall, S.A. New pyrazole derivatives having crth2 antagonistic behaviour
EP2463289A1 (en) 2010-11-26 2012-06-13 Almirall, S.A. Imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazine derivatives as JAK inhibitors
WO2012069202A1 (en) 2010-11-26 2012-05-31 Almirall,S.A. Imidazo [1,2-b] pyridazine and imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine derivatives as jak inhibitors
EP2489663A1 (en) 2011-02-16 2012-08-22 Almirall, S.A. Compounds as syk kinase inhibitors
EP2518071A1 (en) 2011-04-29 2012-10-31 Almirall, S.A. Imidazopyridine derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
WO2012146666A1 (en) 2011-04-29 2012-11-01 Almirall, S.A. Pyrrolotriazinone derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
EP2518070A1 (en) 2011-04-29 2012-10-31 Almirall, S.A. Pyrrolotriazinone derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
WO2012146667A1 (en) 2011-04-29 2012-11-01 Almirall, S.A. Imidazopyridine derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
WO2012160030A1 (en) 2011-05-25 2012-11-29 Almirall, S.A. Pyridin-2 (1h) -one derivatives useful as medicaments for the treatment of myeloproliferative disorders, transplant rejection, immune-mediated and inflammatory diseases
EP2526945A1 (en) 2011-05-25 2012-11-28 Almirall, S.A. New CRTH2 Antagonists
EP2527344A1 (en) 2011-05-25 2012-11-28 Almirall, S.A. Pyridin-2(1H)-one derivatives useful as medicaments for the treatment of myeloproliferative disorders, transplant rejection, immune-mediated and inflammatory diseases
EP2548876A1 (en) 2011-07-18 2013-01-23 Almirall, S.A. New CRTh2 antagonists
EP2548863A1 (en) 2011-07-18 2013-01-23 Almirall, S.A. New CRTh2 antagonists.
WO2013010880A1 (en) 2011-07-18 2013-01-24 Almirall, S.A. New crth2 antagonists
WO2013010881A1 (en) 2011-07-18 2013-01-24 Almirall, S.A. NEW CRTh2 ANTAGONISTS
WO2013017461A1 (en) 2011-08-01 2013-02-07 Almirall, S.A. Pyridin-2(1h)-one derivatives as jak inhibitors
EP2554544A1 (en) 2011-08-01 2013-02-06 Almirall, S.A. Pyridin-2(1h)-one derivatives as jak inhibitors
EP2578570A1 (en) 2011-10-07 2013-04-10 Almirall, S.A. Novel process for preparing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1(r)-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one via novel intermediates of synthesis.
WO2013050375A1 (en) 2011-10-07 2013-04-11 Almirall, S.A. Process for preparing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1(r)-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one via a novel intermediate
US9108918B2 (en) 2011-10-07 2015-08-18 Almirall, S.A. Process for preparing 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1(R)-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one via a novel intermediate
WO2013139712A1 (en) 2012-03-20 2013-09-26 Almirall, S.A. NOVEL POLYMORPHIC CRYSTAL FORMS OF 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-DIFLUORO-2-PHENYLETHOXY)HEXYL]AMINO}-1-(R)-HYDROXYETHYL)-8-HYDROXYQUINOLIN-2(1H)-ONE, HEMINAPADISYLATE AS AGONIST OF THE β2 ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR.
US9346759B2 (en) 2012-03-20 2016-05-24 Almirall, S.A. Polymorphic crystal forms of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy)hexyl]amino}-1-(R)-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1H)-one, heminapadisytlate as agonist of the β2 adrenergic receptor
EP2641900A1 (en) 2012-03-20 2013-09-25 Almirall, S.A. Novel polymorphic Crystal forms of 5-(2-{[6-(2,2-difluoro-2-phenylethoxy) hexyl]amino}-1-(R)-hydroxyethyl)-8-hydroxyquinolin-2(1h)-one, heminapadisylate as agonist of the ß2 adrenergic receptor.
EP2668941A1 (en) 2012-05-31 2013-12-04 Almirall, S.A. Novel dosage form and formulation of abediterol
WO2013178742A1 (en) 2012-05-31 2013-12-05 Almirall, S.A. Novel dosage form and formulation of abediterol
WO2014060431A1 (en) 2012-10-16 2014-04-24 Almirall, S.A. Pyrrolotriazinone derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
EP2738172A1 (en) 2012-11-28 2014-06-04 Almirall, S.A. New bicyclic compounds as crac channel modulators
US10288602B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2019-05-14 Atrogi Ab Screening method, a kit, a method of treatment and a compound for use in a method of treatement
WO2014124757A1 (en) 2013-02-15 2014-08-21 Almirall, S.A. Pyrrolotriazine derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
EP2848615A1 (en) 2013-07-03 2015-03-18 Almirall, S.A. New pyrazole derivatives as CRAC channel modulators
US12036210B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2024-07-16 Atrogi Ab Heteroaryl substituted beta-hydroxyethylamines for use in treating hyperglycaemia
US12280023B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2025-04-22 Atrogi Ab Fluorophenyl beta-hydroxyethylamines and their use in the treatment of hyperglycaemia
US11427539B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2022-08-30 Atrogi Ab Beta-hydroxy heterocyclic amines and their use in the treatment of hyperglycaemia
US11648216B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2023-05-16 Atrogi Ab Fluorophenyl beta-hydroxyethylamines and their use in the treatment of hyperglycaemia
US11793774B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2023-10-24 Atrogi Ab Chiral beta-hydroxyethylamines and their use in the treatment of hyperglycemia
US11357757B2 (en) 2017-09-13 2022-06-14 Atrogi Ab Heteroaryl substituted beta-hydroxyethylamines for use in treating hyperglycaemia
US12378216B2 (en) 2019-03-20 2025-08-05 Atrogi Ab Heteroaryl(heterocyclyl)methanol compounds useful in the treatment of hyperglycaemia
WO2022172292A1 (en) * 2021-02-09 2022-08-18 Gbr Laboratories Private Limited A process for preparing abediterol and intermediates thereof
WO2023203223A1 (en) 2022-04-22 2023-10-26 Atrogi Ab Combinations of beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists and beta 3-adrenergic receptor agonists, and medical uses thereof
WO2024153813A1 (en) 2023-01-20 2024-07-25 Atrogi Ab Beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists for treatment or prevention of muscle wasting
WO2024170727A1 (en) 2023-02-16 2024-08-22 Atrogi Ab Combinations of beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists and metformin for use in treating obesity and reducing body fat
WO2024184408A1 (en) 2023-03-06 2024-09-12 Atrogi Ab Combination of beta-2-adrenergic receptor agonists and glp-1 receptor agonists for use in treating hyperglycaemia
WO2025186320A1 (en) 2024-03-05 2025-09-12 Atrogi Ab Combinations of beta 2-adrenergic receptor agonists and sglt2 inhibitors for use in treating hyperglycaemia or a disorder characterized by hyperglycaemia
WO2025238248A1 (en) 2024-05-17 2025-11-20 Atrogi Ab USE OF β2-ADRENERGIC RECEPTOR AGONISTS IN TREATING MUSCLE WASTING

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
NO339984B1 (en) 2017-02-27
ME01296B (en) 2013-12-20
UA91364C2 (en) 2010-07-26
BRPI0612926B1 (en) 2020-09-29
DK1885684T3 (en) 2011-10-31
IL187098A0 (en) 2008-02-09
NO20076498L (en) 2008-02-20
RS51963B (en) 2012-02-29
RU2440330C2 (en) 2012-01-20
TW200720226A (en) 2007-06-01
US7964615B2 (en) 2011-06-21
US20090042933A1 (en) 2009-02-12
EP1885684B1 (en) 2011-07-13
CY1111834T1 (en) 2015-10-07
ATE516262T1 (en) 2011-07-15
US20120115826A2 (en) 2012-05-10
IL187098A (en) 2013-03-24
TWI392664B (en) 2013-04-11
CN101218203A (en) 2008-07-09
AR058005A1 (en) 2008-01-23
CA2608493A1 (en) 2006-11-23
KR20080008371A (en) 2008-01-23
PL1885684T3 (en) 2011-12-30
PT1885684E (en) 2011-10-12
US20120101075A2 (en) 2012-04-26
SI1885684T1 (en) 2011-11-30
RU2007146798A (en) 2009-06-27
JP2008540596A (en) 2008-11-20
ZA200709231B (en) 2008-12-31
MX2007014144A (en) 2008-02-07
NZ562879A (en) 2010-03-26
BRPI0612926B8 (en) 2021-05-25
CN101218203B (en) 2012-05-30
ES2265276B1 (en) 2008-02-01
JP4966297B2 (en) 2012-07-04
EP1885684B9 (en) 2012-04-25
BRPI0612926A2 (en) 2012-10-02
PE20061425A1 (en) 2007-02-03
EP2263998A1 (en) 2010-12-22
HRP20110670T1 (en) 2011-10-31
US8242177B2 (en) 2012-08-14
SG161302A1 (en) 2010-05-27
CA2608493C (en) 2014-03-11
EP1885684A1 (en) 2008-02-13
MY147443A (en) 2012-12-14
JP2012107025A (en) 2012-06-07
US20110251165A1 (en) 2011-10-13
US20110251166A1 (en) 2011-10-13
UY29534A1 (en) 2006-07-31
AU2006249146A1 (en) 2006-11-23
ES2265276A1 (en) 2007-02-01
KR101363185B1 (en) 2014-02-13
AU2006249146B2 (en) 2011-03-17
US8420669B2 (en) 2013-04-16
ES2369097T3 (en) 2011-11-25
HK1107976A1 (en) 2008-04-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1885684B9 (en) Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
EP2057122B1 (en) Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the 2 adrenergic receptor
US8178679B2 (en) Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the β2 adrenergic receptors
HK1107976B (en) Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the beta-2 adrenergic receptor
HK1126487B (en) Derivatives of 4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenol as agonists of the 2 adrenergic receptor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 562879

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 187098

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: 2006249146

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/a/2007/014144

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2608493

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12007502551

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11920561

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 8817/DELNP/2007

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008511628

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 07122625

Country of ref document: CO

Ref document number: 07122625A

Country of ref document: CO

Ref document number: 1020077027000

Country of ref document: KR

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006249146

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20060517

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2006249146

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006742964

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007146798

Country of ref document: RU

Ref document number: 1200702739

Country of ref document: VN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200680024800.0

Country of ref document: CN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11920561

Country of ref document: US

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2006742964

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: P-2011/0380

Country of ref document: RS

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0612926

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20071119